Mercurial > emacs
annotate doc/misc/org.texi @ 85607:c19beeecd4fd
*** empty log message ***
| author | Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 24 Oct 2007 05:36:34 +0000 |
| parents | 3d431f1997d8 |
| children | 22ad67b23797 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 84308 | 1 \input texinfo |
| 2 @c %**start of header | |
|
84329
3d431f1997d8
(setfilename): Go up one more level to ../../info.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
84308
diff
changeset
|
3 @setfilename ../../info/org |
| 84308 | 4 @settitle Org Mode Manual |
| 5 | |
| 6 @set VERSION 5.07 | |
| 7 @set DATE August 2007 | |
| 8 | |
| 9 @dircategory Emacs | |
| 10 @direntry | |
| 11 * Org Mode: (org). Outline-based notes management and organizer | |
| 12 @end direntry | |
| 13 | |
| 14 @c Version and Contact Info | |
| 15 @set MAINTAINERSITE @uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/org/,maintainers webpage} | |
| 16 @set AUTHOR Carsten Dominik | |
| 17 @set MAINTAINER Carsten Dominik | |
| 18 @set MAINTAINEREMAIL @email{dominik at science dot uva dot nl} | |
| 19 @set MAINTAINERCONTACT @uref{mailto:dominik at science dot uva dot nl,contact the maintainer} | |
| 20 @c %**end of header | |
| 21 @finalout | |
| 22 | |
| 23 @c Macro definitions | |
| 24 | |
| 25 @c Subheadings inside a table. | |
| 26 @macro tsubheading{text} | |
| 27 @ifinfo | |
| 28 @subsubheading \text\ | |
| 29 @end ifinfo | |
| 30 @ifnotinfo | |
| 31 @item @b{\text\} | |
| 32 @end ifnotinfo | |
| 33 @end macro | |
| 34 | |
| 35 @copying | |
| 36 This manual is for Org-mode (version @value{VERSION}). | |
| 37 | |
| 38 Copyright @copyright{} 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation | |
| 39 | |
| 40 @quotation | |
| 41 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | |
| 42 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or | |
| 43 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no | |
| 44 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' | |
| 45 and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the | |
| 46 license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation | |
| 47 License.'' | |
| 48 | |
| 49 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify | |
| 50 this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free | |
| 51 Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.'' | |
| 52 @end quotation | |
| 53 @end copying | |
| 54 | |
| 55 @titlepage | |
| 56 @title Org Mode Manual | |
| 57 | |
| 58 @subtitle Release @value{VERSION} | |
| 59 @author by Carsten Dominik | |
| 60 | |
| 61 @c The following two commands start the copyright page. | |
| 62 @page | |
| 63 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
| 64 @insertcopying | |
| 65 @end titlepage | |
| 66 | |
| 67 @c Output the table of contents at the beginning. | |
| 68 @contents | |
| 69 | |
| 70 @ifnottex | |
| 71 @node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir) | |
| 72 @top Org Mode Manual | |
| 73 | |
| 74 @insertcopying | |
| 75 @end ifnottex | |
| 76 | |
| 77 @menu | |
| 78 * Introduction:: Getting started | |
| 79 * Document structure:: A tree works like your brain | |
| 80 * Tables:: Pure magic for quick formatting | |
| 81 * Hyperlinks:: Notes in context | |
| 82 * TODO items:: Every tree branch can be a TODO item | |
| 83 * Tags:: Tagging headlines and matching sets of tags | |
| 84 * Properties and columns:: | |
| 85 * Timestamps:: Assign date and time to items | |
| 86 * Agenda views:: Collecting information into views | |
| 87 * Embedded LaTeX:: LaTeX fragments and formulas | |
| 88 * Exporting:: Sharing and publishing of notes | |
| 89 * Publishing:: Create a web site of linked Org-mode files | |
| 90 * Miscellaneous:: All the rest which did not fit elsewhere | |
| 91 * Extensions and Hacking:: It is possible to write add-on code | |
| 92 * History and Acknowledgments:: How Org-mode came into being | |
| 93 * Index:: The fast road to specific information | |
| 94 * Key Index:: Key bindings and where they are described | |
| 95 | |
| 96 @detailmenu | |
| 97 --- The Detailed Node Listing --- | |
| 98 | |
| 99 Introduction | |
| 100 | |
| 101 * Summary:: Brief summary of what Org-mode does | |
| 102 * Installation:: How to install a downloaded version of Org-mode | |
| 103 * Activation:: How to activate Org-mode for certain buffers. | |
| 104 * Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc. | |
| 105 | |
| 106 Document Structure | |
| 107 | |
| 108 * Outlines:: Org-mode is based on outline-mode | |
| 109 * Headlines:: How to typeset org-tree headlines | |
| 110 * Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified | |
| 111 * Motion:: Jumping to other headlines | |
| 112 * Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines | |
| 113 * Archiving:: Move done task trees to a different place | |
| 114 * Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context | |
| 115 * Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry | |
| 116 * Drawers:: Tucking stuff away | |
| 117 * orgstruct-mode:: Structure editing outside Org-mode | |
| 118 | |
| 119 Archiving | |
| 120 | |
| 121 * ARCHIVE tag:: Marking a tree as inactive | |
| 122 * Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file | |
| 123 | |
| 124 Tables | |
| 125 | |
| 126 * Built-in table editor:: Simple tables | |
| 127 * Narrow columns:: Stop wasting space in tables | |
| 128 * Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines | |
| 129 * orgtbl-mode:: The table editor as minor mode | |
| 130 * The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities. | |
| 131 | |
| 132 The spreadsheet | |
| 133 | |
| 134 * References:: How to refer to another field or range | |
| 135 * Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff | |
| 136 * Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp | |
| 137 * Field formulas:: Formulas valid for a single field | |
| 138 * Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column | |
| 139 * Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas | |
| 140 * Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields | |
| 141 * Advanced features:: Field names, parameters and automatic recalc | |
| 142 | |
| 143 Hyperlinks | |
| 144 | |
| 145 * Link format:: How links in Org-mode are formatted | |
| 146 * Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file | |
| 147 * External links:: URL-like links to the world | |
| 148 * Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following | |
| 149 * Using links outside Org-mode:: Linking from my C source code? | |
| 150 * Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links | |
| 151 * Search options:: Linking to a specific location | |
| 152 * Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough | |
| 153 * Remember:: Org-trees store quick notes | |
| 154 | |
| 155 Internal links | |
| 156 | |
| 157 * Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text. | |
| 158 | |
| 159 Remember | |
| 160 | |
| 161 * Setting up remember:: Some code for .emacs to get things going | |
| 162 * Remember templates:: Define the outline of different note types | |
| 163 * Storing notes:: Directly get the note to where it belongs | |
| 164 | |
| 165 TODO items | |
| 166 | |
| 167 * TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries | |
| 168 * TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments | |
| 169 * Priorities:: Some things are more important than others | |
| 170 * Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces | |
| 171 * Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists | |
| 172 | |
| 173 Extended use of TODO keywords | |
| 174 | |
| 175 * Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps | |
| 176 * TODO types:: I do this, Fred the rest | |
| 177 * Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way | |
| 178 * Per file keywords:: Different files, different requirements | |
| 179 | |
| 180 Tags | |
| 181 | |
| 182 * Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline | |
| 183 * Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline | |
| 184 * Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags | |
| 185 | |
| 186 Properties and Columns | |
| 187 | |
| 188 * Property syntax:: How properties are spelled out | |
| 189 * Special properties:: Access to other Org-mode features | |
| 190 * Property searches:: Matching property values | |
| 191 * Column view:: Tabular viewing and editing | |
| 192 * Property API:: Properties for Lisp programmers | |
| 193 | |
| 194 Column View | |
| 195 | |
| 196 * Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property | |
| 197 * Using column view:: How to create and use column view | |
| 198 | |
| 199 Defining Columns | |
| 200 | |
| 201 * Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid? | |
| 202 * Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column | |
| 203 | |
| 204 Timestamps | |
| 205 | |
| 206 * Time stamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry | |
| 207 * Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps | |
| 208 * Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work | |
| 209 * Progress logging:: Documenting when what work was done. | |
| 210 | |
| 211 Creating timestamps | |
| 212 | |
| 213 * The date/time prompt:: How org-mode helps you entering date and time | |
| 214 * Custom time format:: Making dates look differently | |
| 215 | |
| 216 Deadlines and Scheduling | |
| 217 | |
| 218 * Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items | |
| 219 * Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again | |
| 220 | |
| 221 Progress Logging | |
| 222 | |
| 223 * Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE? | |
| 224 * Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change? | |
| 225 * Clocking work time:: When exactly did you work on this item? | |
| 226 | |
| 227 Agenda Views | |
| 228 | |
| 229 * Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information | |
| 230 * Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views | |
| 231 * Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box? | |
| 232 * Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display | |
| 233 * Agenda commands:: Remote editing of org trees | |
| 234 * Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views | |
| 235 | |
| 236 The built-in agenda views | |
| 237 | |
| 238 * Weekly/Daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks | |
| 239 * Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items | |
| 240 * Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search | |
| 241 * Timeline:: Time-sorted view for single file | |
| 242 * Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review | |
| 243 | |
| 244 Presentation and sorting | |
| 245 | |
| 246 * Categories:: Not all tasks are equal | |
| 247 * Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time | |
| 248 * Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things | |
| 249 | |
| 250 Custom agenda views | |
| 251 | |
| 252 * Storing searches:: Type once, use often | |
| 253 * Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer | |
| 254 * Setting Options:: Changing the rules | |
| 255 * Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing agendas to files. | |
| 256 * Extracting Agenda Information for other programs:: | |
| 257 | |
| 258 Embedded LaTeX | |
| 259 | |
| 260 * Math symbols:: TeX macros for symbols and Greek letters | |
| 261 * Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text | |
| 262 * LaTeX fragments:: Complex formulas made easy | |
| 263 * Processing LaTeX fragments:: Previewing LaTeX processing | |
| 264 * CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas | |
| 265 | |
| 266 Exporting | |
| 267 | |
| 268 * ASCII export:: Exporting to plain ASCII | |
| 269 * HTML export:: Exporting to HTML | |
| 270 * LaTeX export:: Exporting to LaTeX | |
| 271 * XOXO export:: Exporting to XOXO | |
| 272 * iCalendar export:: Exporting in iCalendar format | |
| 273 * Text interpretation:: How the exporter looks at the file | |
| 274 | |
| 275 HTML export | |
| 276 | |
| 277 * HTML Export commands:: How to invoke LaTeX export | |
| 278 * Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org-mode | |
| 279 * Links:: Transformation of links for HTML | |
| 280 * Images:: How to include images | |
| 281 * CSS support:: Changing the appearence of the output | |
| 282 | |
| 283 LaTeX export | |
| 284 | |
| 285 * LaTeX export commands:: How to invoke LaTeX export | |
| 286 * Quoting LaTeX code:: Incorporating literal LaTeX code | |
| 287 | |
| 288 Text interpretation by the exporter | |
| 289 | |
| 290 * Comment lines:: Some lines will not be exported | |
| 291 * Initial text:: Text before the first headline | |
| 292 * Footnotes:: Numbers like [1] | |
| 293 * Enhancing text:: Subscripts, symbols and more | |
| 294 * Export options:: How to influence the export settings | |
| 295 | |
| 296 Publishing | |
| 297 | |
| 298 * Configuration:: Defining projects | |
| 299 * Sample configuration:: Example projects | |
| 300 * Triggering publication:: Publication commands | |
| 301 | |
| 302 Configuration | |
| 303 | |
| 304 * Project alist:: The central configuration variable | |
| 305 * Sources and destinations:: From here to there | |
| 306 * Selecting files:: What files are part of the project? | |
| 307 * Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing | |
| 308 * Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML export | |
| 309 * Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing? | |
| 310 * Project page index:: Publishing a list of project files | |
| 311 | |
| 312 Sample configuration | |
| 313 | |
| 314 * Simple example:: One-component publishing | |
| 315 * Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example | |
| 316 | |
| 317 Miscellaneous | |
| 318 | |
| 319 * Completion:: M-TAB knows what you need | |
| 320 * Customization:: Adapting Org-mode to your taste | |
| 321 * In-buffer settings:: Overview of the #+KEYWORDS | |
| 322 * The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c | |
| 323 * Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline | |
| 324 * TTY keys:: Using Org-mode on a tty | |
| 325 * Interaction:: Other Emacs packages | |
| 326 * Bugs:: Things which do not work perfectly | |
| 327 | |
| 328 Interaction with other packages | |
| 329 | |
| 330 * Cooperation:: Packages Org-mode cooperates with | |
| 331 * Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts | |
| 332 | |
| 333 Extensions, Hooks and Hacking | |
| 334 | |
| 335 * Extensions:: Existing 3rd-part extensions | |
| 336 * Adding hyperlink types:: New custom link types | |
| 337 * Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs | |
| 338 * Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks | |
| 339 * Special agenda views:: Customized views | |
| 340 * Using the property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties | |
| 341 | |
| 342 Tables in arbitrary syntax | |
| 343 | |
| 344 * Radio tables:: Sending and receiving | |
| 345 * A LaTeX example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial | |
| 346 * Translator functions:: Copy and modify | |
| 347 | |
| 348 @end detailmenu | |
| 349 @end menu | |
| 350 | |
| 351 @node Introduction, Document structure, Top, Top | |
| 352 @chapter Introduction | |
| 353 @cindex introduction | |
| 354 | |
| 355 @menu | |
| 356 * Summary:: Brief summary of what Org-mode does | |
| 357 * Installation:: How to install a downloaded version of Org-mode | |
| 358 * Activation:: How to activate Org-mode for certain buffers. | |
| 359 * Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc. | |
| 360 @end menu | |
| 361 | |
| 362 @node Summary, Installation, Introduction, Introduction | |
| 363 @section Summary | |
| 364 @cindex summary | |
| 365 | |
| 366 Org-mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining TODO lists, and doing | |
| 367 project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system. | |
| 368 | |
| 369 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around NOTES files that contain | |
| 370 lists or information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is | |
| 371 implemented on top of outline-mode, which makes it possible to keep the | |
| 372 content of large files well structured. Visibility cycling and | |
| 373 structure editing help to work with the tree. Tables are easily created | |
| 374 with a built-in table editor. Org-mode supports TODO items, deadlines, | |
| 375 time stamps, and scheduling. It dynamically compiles entries into an | |
| 376 agenda that utilizes and smoothly integrates much of the Emacs calendar | |
| 377 and diary. Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails, | |
| 378 Usenet messages, BBDB entries, and any files related to the projects. | |
| 379 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file can be exported as a | |
| 380 structured ASCII file, as HTML, or (todo and agenda items only) as an | |
| 381 iCalendar file. It can also serve as a publishing tool for a set of | |
| 382 linked webpages. | |
| 383 | |
| 384 An important design aspect that distinguishes Org-mode from for example | |
| 385 Planner/Muse is that it encourages to store every piece of information | |
| 386 only once. In Planner, you have project pages, day pages and possibly | |
| 387 other files, duplicating some information such as tasks. In Org-mode, | |
| 388 you only have notes files. In your notes you mark entries as tasks, | |
| 389 label them with tags and timestamps. All necessary lists like a | |
| 390 schedule for the day, the agenda for a meeting, tasks lists selected by | |
| 391 tags etc are created dynamically when you need them. | |
| 392 | |
| 393 Org-mode keeps simple things simple. When first fired up, it should | |
| 394 feel like a straightforward, easy to use outliner. Complexity is not | |
| 395 imposed, but a large amount of functionality is available when you need | |
| 396 it. Org-mode is a toolbox and can be used in different ways, for | |
| 397 example as: | |
| 398 | |
| 399 @example | |
| 400 @r{@bullet{} outline extension with visibility cycling and structure editing} | |
| 401 @r{@bullet{} ASCII system and table editor for taking structured notes} | |
| 402 @r{@bullet{} ASCII table editor with spreadsheet-like capabilities} | |
| 403 @r{@bullet{} TODO list editor} | |
| 404 @r{@bullet{} full agenda and planner with deadlines and work scheduling} | |
| 405 @r{@bullet{} environment to implement David Allen's GTD system} | |
| 406 @r{@bullet{} a basic database application} | |
| 407 @r{@bullet{} simple hypertext system, with HTML export} | |
| 408 @r{@bullet{} publishing tool to create a set of interlinked webpages} | |
| 409 @end example | |
| 410 | |
| 411 Org-mode's automatic, context sensitive table editor with spreadsheet | |
| 412 capabilities can be integrated into any major mode by activating the | |
| 413 minor Orgtbl-mode. Using a translation step, it can be used to maintain | |
| 414 tables in arbitrary file types, for example in La@TeX{}. The structure | |
| 415 editing and list creation capabilities can be used outside Org-mode with | |
| 416 the minor Orgstruct-mode. | |
| 417 | |
| 418 @cindex FAQ | |
| 419 There is a website for Org-mode which provides links to the newest | |
| 420 version of Org-mode, as well as additional information, frequently asked | |
| 421 questions (FAQ), links to tutorials etc. This page is located at | |
| 422 @uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/org/}. | |
| 423 | |
| 424 @page | |
| 425 | |
| 426 | |
| 427 @node Installation, Activation, Summary, Introduction | |
| 428 @section Installation | |
| 429 @cindex installation | |
| 430 @cindex XEmacs | |
| 431 | |
| 432 @b{Important:} @i{If Org-mode is part of the Emacs distribution or an | |
| 433 XEmacs package, please skip this section and go directly to | |
| 434 @ref{Activation}.} | |
| 435 | |
| 436 If you have downloaded Org-mode from the Web, you must take the | |
| 437 following steps to install it: Go into the Org-mode distribution | |
| 438 directory and edit the top section of the file @file{Makefile}. You | |
| 439 must set the name of the Emacs binary (likely either @file{emacs} or | |
| 440 @file{xemacs}), and the paths to the directories where local Lisp and | |
| 441 Info files are kept. If you don't have access to the system-wide | |
| 442 directories, create your own two directories for these files, enter them | |
| 443 into the Makefile, and make sure Emacs finds the Lisp files by adding | |
| 444 the following line to @file{.emacs}: | |
| 445 | |
| 446 @example | |
| 447 (setq load-path (cons "~/path/to/lispdir" load-path)) | |
| 448 @end example | |
| 449 | |
| 450 @b{XEmacs users now need to install the file @file{noutline.el} from | |
| 451 the @file{xemacs} subdirectory of the Org-mode distribution. Use the | |
| 452 command:} | |
| 453 | |
| 454 @example | |
| 455 @b{make install-noutline} | |
| 456 @end example | |
| 457 | |
| 458 @noindent Now byte-compile and install the Lisp files with the shell | |
| 459 commands: | |
| 460 | |
| 461 @example | |
| 462 make | |
| 463 make install | |
| 464 @end example | |
| 465 | |
| 466 @noindent If you want to install the info documentation, use this command: | |
| 467 | |
| 468 @example | |
| 469 make install-info | |
| 470 @end example | |
| 471 | |
| 472 @noindent Then add to @file{.emacs}: | |
| 473 | |
| 474 @lisp | |
| 475 ;; This line only if org-mode is not part of the X/Emacs distribution. | |
| 476 (require 'org-install) | |
| 477 @end lisp | |
| 478 | |
| 479 @node Activation, Feedback, Installation, Introduction | |
| 480 @section Activation | |
| 481 @cindex activation | |
| 482 @cindex autoload | |
| 483 @cindex global keybindings | |
| 484 @cindex keybindings, global | |
| 485 | |
| 486 @iftex | |
| 487 @b{Important:} @i{If you use copy-and-paste to copy lisp code from the | |
| 488 PDF documentation as viewed by Acrobat reader to your .emacs file, the | |
| 489 single quote character comes out incorrectly and the code will not work. | |
| 490 You need to fix the single quotes by hand, or copy from Info | |
| 491 documentation.} | |
| 492 @end iftex | |
| 493 | |
| 494 Add the following lines to your @file{.emacs} file. The last two lines | |
| 495 define @emph{global} keys for the commands @command{org-store-link} and | |
| 496 @command{org-agenda} - please choose suitable keys yourself. | |
| 497 | |
| 498 @lisp | |
| 499 ;; The following lines are always needed. Choose your own keys. | |
| 500 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.org\\'" . org-mode)) | |
| 501 (global-set-key "\C-cl" 'org-store-link) | |
| 502 (global-set-key "\C-ca" 'org-agenda) | |
| 503 @end lisp | |
| 504 | |
| 505 Furthermore, you must activate @code{font-lock-mode} in org-mode | |
| 506 buffers, because significant functionality depends on font-locking being | |
| 507 active. You can do this with either one of the following two lines | |
| 508 (XEmacs user must use the second option): | |
| 509 @lisp | |
| 510 (global-font-lock-mode 1) ; for all buffers | |
| 511 (add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) ; org-mode buffers only | |
| 512 @end lisp | |
| 513 | |
| 514 @cindex org-mode, turning on | |
| 515 With this setup, all files with extension @samp{.org} will be put | |
| 516 into Org-mode. As an alternative, make the first line of a file look | |
| 517 like this: | |
| 518 | |
| 519 @example | |
| 520 MY PROJECTS -*- mode: org; -*- | |
| 521 @end example | |
| 522 | |
| 523 @noindent which will select Org-mode for this buffer no matter what | |
| 524 the file's name is. See also the variable | |
| 525 @code{org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file}. | |
| 526 | |
| 527 @node Feedback, , Activation, Introduction | |
| 528 @section Feedback | |
| 529 @cindex feedback | |
| 530 @cindex bug reports | |
| 531 @cindex maintainer | |
| 532 @cindex author | |
| 533 | |
| 534 If you find problems with Org-mode, or if you have questions, remarks, | |
| 535 or ideas about it, please contact the maintainer @value{MAINTAINER} at | |
| 536 @value{MAINTAINEREMAIL}. | |
| 537 | |
| 538 For bug reports, please provide as much information as possible, | |
| 539 including the version information of Emacs (@kbd{C-h v emacs-version | |
| 540 @key{RET}}) and Org-mode (@kbd{C-h v org-version @key{RET}}), as well as | |
| 541 the Org-mode related setup in @file{.emacs}. If an error occurs, a | |
| 542 backtrace can be very useful (see below on how to create one). Often a | |
| 543 small example file helps, along with clear information about: | |
| 544 | |
| 545 @enumerate | |
| 546 @item What exactly did you do? | |
| 547 @item What did you expect to happen? | |
| 548 @item What happened instead? | |
| 549 @end enumerate | |
| 550 @noindent Thank you for helping to improve this mode. | |
| 551 | |
| 552 @subsubheading How to create a useful backtrace | |
| 553 | |
| 554 @cindex backtrace of an error | |
| 555 If working with Org-mode produces an error with a message you don't | |
| 556 understand, you may have hit a bug. The best way to report this is by | |
| 557 providing, in addition to what was mentioned above, a @emph{Backtrace}. | |
| 558 This is information from the built-in debugger about where and how the | |
| 559 error occurred. Here is how to produce a useful backtrace: | |
| 560 | |
| 561 @enumerate | |
| 562 @item | |
| 563 Start a fresh Emacs or XEmacs, and make sure that it will load the | |
| 564 original Lisp code in @file{org.el} instead of the compiled version in | |
| 565 @file{org.elc}. The backtrace contains much more information if it is | |
| 566 produced with uncompiled code. To do this, either rename @file{org.elc} | |
| 567 to something else before starting Emacs, or ask Emacs explicitly to load | |
| 568 @file{org.el} by using the command line | |
| 569 @example | |
| 570 emacs -l /path/to/org.el | |
| 571 @end example | |
| 572 @item | |
| 573 Go to the @code{Options} menu and select @code{Enter Debugger on Error} | |
| 574 (XEmacs has this option in the @code{Troubleshooting} sub-menu). | |
| 575 @item | |
| 576 Do whatever you have to do to hit the error. Don't forget to | |
| 577 document the steps you take. | |
| 578 @item | |
| 579 When you hit the error, a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will appear on the | |
| 580 screen. Save this buffer to a file (for example using @kbd{C-x C-w}) and | |
| 581 attach it to your bug report. | |
| 582 @end enumerate | |
| 583 | |
| 584 @node Document structure, Tables, Introduction, Top | |
| 585 @chapter Document Structure | |
| 586 @cindex document structure | |
| 587 @cindex structure of document | |
| 588 | |
| 589 Org-mode is based on outline mode and provides flexible commands to | |
| 590 edit the structure of the document. | |
| 591 | |
| 592 @menu | |
| 593 * Outlines:: Org-mode is based on outline-mode | |
| 594 * Headlines:: How to typeset org-tree headlines | |
| 595 * Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified | |
| 596 * Motion:: Jumping to other headlines | |
| 597 * Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines | |
| 598 * Archiving:: Move done task trees to a different place | |
| 599 * Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context | |
| 600 * Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry | |
| 601 * Drawers:: Tucking stuff away | |
| 602 * orgstruct-mode:: Structure editing outside Org-mode | |
| 603 @end menu | |
| 604 | |
| 605 @node Outlines, Headlines, Document structure, Document structure | |
| 606 @section Outlines | |
| 607 @cindex outlines | |
| 608 @cindex outline-mode | |
| 609 | |
| 610 Org-mode is implemented on top of outline-mode. Outlines allow a | |
| 611 document to be organized in a hierarchical structure, which (at least | |
| 612 for me) is the best representation of notes and thoughts. An overview | |
| 613 of this structure is achieved by folding (hiding) large parts of the | |
| 614 document to show only the general document structure and the parts | |
| 615 currently being worked on. Org-mode greatly simplifies the use of | |
| 616 outlines by compressing the entire show/hide functionality into a single | |
| 617 command @command{org-cycle}, which is bound to the @key{TAB} key. | |
| 618 | |
| 619 @node Headlines, Visibility cycling, Outlines, Document structure | |
| 620 @section Headlines | |
| 621 @cindex headlines | |
| 622 @cindex outline tree | |
| 623 | |
| 624 Headlines define the structure of an outline tree. The headlines in | |
| 625 Org-mode start with one or more stars, on the left margin@footnote{See | |
| 626 the variable @code{org-special-ctrl-a/e} to configure special behavior | |
| 627 of @kbd{C-a} and @kbd{C-e} in headlines.}. For example: | |
| 628 | |
| 629 @example | |
| 630 * Top level headline | |
| 631 ** Second level | |
| 632 *** 3rd level | |
| 633 some text | |
| 634 *** 3rd level | |
| 635 more text | |
| 636 | |
| 637 * Another top level headline | |
| 638 @end example | |
| 639 | |
| 640 @noindent Some people find the many stars too noisy and would prefer an | |
| 641 outline that has whitespace followed by a single star as headline | |
| 642 starters. @ref{Clean view} describes a setup to realize this. | |
| 643 | |
| 644 An empty line after the end of a subtree is considered part of it and | |
| 645 will be hidden when the subtree is folded. However, if you leave at | |
| 646 least two empty lines, one empty line will remain visible after folding | |
| 647 the subtree, in order to structure the collapsed view. See the | |
| 648 variable @code{org-cycle-separator-lines} to modify this behavior. | |
| 649 | |
| 650 @node Visibility cycling, Motion, Headlines, Document structure | |
| 651 @section Visibility cycling | |
| 652 @cindex cycling, visibility | |
| 653 @cindex visibility cycling | |
| 654 @cindex trees, visibility | |
| 655 @cindex show hidden text | |
| 656 @cindex hide text | |
| 657 | |
| 658 Outlines make it possible to hide parts of the text in the buffer. | |
| 659 Org-mode uses just two commands, bound to @key{TAB} and | |
| 660 @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} to change the visibility in the buffer. | |
| 661 | |
| 662 @cindex subtree visibility states | |
| 663 @cindex subtree cycling | |
| 664 @cindex folded, subtree visibility state | |
| 665 @cindex children, subtree visibility state | |
| 666 @cindex subtree, subtree visibility state | |
| 667 @table @kbd | |
| 668 @kindex @key{TAB} | |
| 669 @item @key{TAB} | |
| 670 @emph{Subtree cycling}: Rotate current subtree among the states | |
| 671 | |
| 672 @example | |
| 673 ,-> FOLDED -> CHILDREN -> SUBTREE --. | |
| 674 '-----------------------------------' | |
| 675 @end example | |
| 676 | |
| 677 The cursor must be on a headline for this to work@footnote{see, however, | |
| 678 the option @code{org-cycle-emulate-tab}.}. When the cursor is at the | |
| 679 beginning of the buffer and the first line is not a headline, then | |
| 680 @key{TAB} actually runs global cycling (see below)@footnote{see the | |
| 681 option @code{org-cycle-global-at-bob}.}. Also when called with a prefix | |
| 682 argument (@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}), global cycling is invoked. | |
| 683 | |
| 684 @cindex global visibility states | |
| 685 @cindex global cycling | |
| 686 @cindex overview, global visibility state | |
| 687 @cindex contents, global visibility state | |
| 688 @cindex show all, global visibility state | |
| 689 @kindex S-@key{TAB} | |
| 690 @item S-@key{TAB} | |
| 691 @itemx C-u @key{TAB} | |
| 692 @emph{Global cycling}: Rotate the entire buffer among the states | |
| 693 | |
| 694 @example | |
| 695 ,-> OVERVIEW -> CONTENTS -> SHOW ALL --. | |
| 696 '--------------------------------------' | |
| 697 @end example | |
| 698 | |
| 699 When @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} is called with a numerical prefix N, the CONTENTS | |
| 700 view up to headlines of level N will be shown. | |
| 701 Note that inside tables, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} jumps to the previous field. | |
| 702 | |
| 703 @cindex show all, command | |
| 704 @kindex C-c C-a | |
| 705 @item C-c C-a | |
| 706 Show all. | |
| 707 @kindex C-c C-r | |
| 708 @item C-c C-r | |
| 709 Reveal context around point, showing the current entry, the following | |
| 710 heading and the hierarchy above. Useful for working near a location | |
| 711 exposed by a sparse tree command (@pxref{Sparse trees}) or an agenda | |
| 712 command (@pxref{Agenda commands}). With prefix arg show, on each | |
| 713 level, all sibling headings. | |
| 714 @kindex C-c C-x b | |
| 715 @item C-c C-x b | |
| 716 Show the current subtree in an indirect buffer@footnote{The indirect | |
| 717 buffer | |
| 718 @ifinfo | |
| 719 (@pxref{Indirect Buffers,,,emacs,GNU Emacs Manual}) | |
| 720 @end ifinfo | |
| 721 @ifnotinfo | |
| 722 (see the Emacs manual for more information about indirect buffers) | |
| 723 @end ifnotinfo | |
| 724 will contain the entire buffer, but will be narrowed to the current | |
| 725 tree. Editing the indirect buffer will also change the original buffer, | |
| 726 but without affecting visibility in that buffer.}. With numerical | |
| 727 prefix ARG, go up to this level and then take that tree. If ARG is | |
| 728 negative, go up that many levels. With @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove | |
| 729 the previously used indirect buffer. | |
| 730 @end table | |
| 731 | |
| 732 When Emacs first visits an Org-mode file, the global state is set to | |
| 733 OVERVIEW, i.e. only the top level headlines are visible. This can be | |
| 734 configured through the variable @code{org-startup-folded}, or on a | |
| 735 per-file basis by adding one of the following lines anywhere in the | |
| 736 buffer: | |
| 737 | |
| 738 @example | |
| 739 #+STARTUP: overview | |
| 740 #+STARTUP: content | |
| 741 #+STARTUP: showall | |
| 742 @end example | |
| 743 | |
| 744 @node Motion, Structure editing, Visibility cycling, Document structure | |
| 745 @section Motion | |
| 746 @cindex motion, between headlines | |
| 747 @cindex jumping, to headlines | |
| 748 @cindex headline navigation | |
| 749 The following commands jump to other headlines in the buffer. | |
| 750 | |
| 751 @table @kbd | |
| 752 @kindex C-c C-n | |
| 753 @item C-c C-n | |
| 754 Next heading. | |
| 755 @kindex C-c C-p | |
| 756 @item C-c C-p | |
| 757 Previous heading. | |
| 758 @kindex C-c C-f | |
| 759 @item C-c C-f | |
| 760 Next heading same level. | |
| 761 @kindex C-c C-b | |
| 762 @item C-c C-b | |
| 763 Previous heading same level. | |
| 764 @kindex C-c C-u | |
| 765 @item C-c C-u | |
| 766 Backward to higher level heading. | |
| 767 @kindex C-c C-j | |
| 768 @item C-c C-j | |
| 769 Jump to a different place without changing the current outline | |
| 770 visibility. Shows the document structure in a temporary buffer, where | |
| 771 you can use the following keys to find your destination: | |
| 772 @example | |
| 773 @key{TAB} @r{Cycle visibility.} | |
| 774 @key{down} / @key{up} @r{Next/previous visible headline.} | |
| 775 n / p @r{Next/previous visible headline.} | |
| 776 f / b @r{Next/previous headline same level.} | |
| 777 u @r{One level up.} | |
| 778 0-9 @r{Digit argument.} | |
| 779 @key{RET} @r{Select this location.} | |
| 780 @end example | |
| 781 @end table | |
| 782 | |
| 783 @node Structure editing, Archiving, Motion, Document structure | |
| 784 @section Structure editing | |
| 785 @cindex structure editing | |
| 786 @cindex headline, promotion and demotion | |
| 787 @cindex promotion, of subtrees | |
| 788 @cindex demotion, of subtrees | |
| 789 @cindex subtree, cut and paste | |
| 790 @cindex pasting, of subtrees | |
| 791 @cindex cutting, of subtrees | |
| 792 @cindex copying, of subtrees | |
| 793 @cindex subtrees, cut and paste | |
| 794 | |
| 795 @table @kbd | |
| 796 @kindex M-@key{RET} | |
| 797 @item M-@key{RET} | |
| 798 Insert new heading with same level as current. If the cursor is in a | |
| 799 plain list item, a new item is created (@pxref{Plain lists}). To force | |
| 800 creation of a new headline, use a prefix arg, or first press @key{RET} | |
| 801 to get to the beginning of the next line. When this command is used in | |
| 802 the middle of a line, the line is split and the rest of the line becomes | |
| 803 the new headline. If the command is used at the beginning of a | |
| 804 headline, the new headline is created before the current line. If at | |
| 805 the beginning of any other line, the content of that line is made the | |
| 806 new heading. If the command is used at the end of a folded subtree | |
| 807 (i.e. behind the ellipses at the end of a headline), then a headline | |
| 808 like the current one will be inserted after the end of the subtree. | |
| 809 @kindex M-S-@key{RET} | |
| 810 @item M-S-@key{RET} | |
| 811 Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. | |
| 812 @kindex M-@key{left} | |
| 813 @item M-@key{left} | |
| 814 Promote current heading by one level. | |
| 815 @kindex M-@key{right} | |
| 816 @item M-@key{right} | |
| 817 Demote current heading by one level. | |
| 818 @kindex M-S-@key{left} | |
| 819 @item M-S-@key{left} | |
| 820 Promote the current subtree by one level. | |
| 821 @kindex M-S-@key{right} | |
| 822 @item M-S-@key{right} | |
| 823 Demote the current subtree by one level. | |
| 824 @kindex M-S-@key{up} | |
| 825 @item M-S-@key{up} | |
| 826 Move subtree up (swap with previous subtree of same | |
| 827 level). | |
| 828 @kindex M-S-@key{down} | |
| 829 @item M-S-@key{down} | |
| 830 Move subtree down (swap with next subtree of same level). | |
| 831 @kindex C-c C-x C-w | |
| 832 @kindex C-c C-x C-k | |
| 833 @item C-c C-x C-w | |
| 834 @itemx C-c C-x C-k | |
| 835 Kill subtree, i.e. remove it from buffer but save in kill ring. | |
| 836 @kindex C-c C-x M-w | |
| 837 @item C-c C-x M-w | |
| 838 Copy subtree to kill ring. | |
| 839 @kindex C-c C-x C-y | |
| 840 @item C-c C-x C-y | |
| 841 Yank subtree from kill ring. This does modify the level of the subtree to | |
| 842 make sure the tree fits in nicely at the yank position. The yank | |
| 843 level can also be specified with a prefix arg, or by yanking after a | |
| 844 headline marker like @samp{****}. | |
| 845 @kindex C-c ^ | |
| 846 @item C-c ^ | |
| 847 Sort same-level entries. When there is an active region, all entries in | |
| 848 the region will be sorted. Otherwise the children of the current | |
| 849 headline are sorted. The command prompts for the sorting method, which | |
| 850 can be alphabetically, numerically, by time (using the first time stamp | |
| 851 in each entry), by priority, and each of these in reverse order. With a | |
| 852 @kbd{C-u} prefix, sorting will be case-sensitive. With two @kbd{C-u | |
| 853 C-u} prefixes, duplicate entries will also be removed. | |
| 854 @end table | |
| 855 | |
| 856 @cindex region, active | |
| 857 @cindex active region | |
| 858 @cindex transient-mark-mode | |
| 859 When there is an active region (transient-mark-mode), promotion and | |
| 860 demotion work on all headlines in the region. To select a region of | |
| 861 headlines, it is best to place both point and mark at the beginning of a | |
| 862 line, mark at the beginning of the first headline, and point at the line | |
| 863 just after the last headline to change. Note that when the cursor is | |
| 864 inside a table (@pxref{Tables}), the Meta-Cursor keys have different | |
| 865 functionality. | |
| 866 | |
| 867 @node Archiving, Sparse trees, Structure editing, Document structure | |
| 868 @section Archiving | |
| 869 @cindex archiving | |
| 870 | |
| 871 When a project represented by a (sub)tree is finished, you may want | |
| 872 to move the tree out of the way and to stop it from contributing to the | |
| 873 agenda. Org-mode knows two ways of archiving. You can mark a tree with | |
| 874 the ARCHIVE tag, or you can move an entire (sub)tree to a different | |
| 875 location. | |
| 876 | |
| 877 @menu | |
| 878 * ARCHIVE tag:: Marking a tree as inactive | |
| 879 * Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file | |
| 880 @end menu | |
| 881 | |
| 882 @node ARCHIVE tag, Moving subtrees, Archiving, Archiving | |
| 883 @subsection The ARCHIVE tag | |
| 884 @cindex internal archiving | |
| 885 | |
| 886 A headline that is marked with the ARCHIVE tag (@pxref{Tags}) stays at | |
| 887 its location in the outline tree, but behaves in the following way: | |
| 888 @itemize @minus | |
| 889 @item | |
| 890 It does not open when you attempt to do so with a visibility cycling | |
| 891 command (@pxref{Visibility cycling}). You can force cycling archived | |
| 892 subtrees with @kbd{C-@key{TAB}}, or by setting the option | |
| 893 @code{org-cycle-open-archived-trees}. Also normal outline commands like | |
| 894 @code{show-all} will open archived subtrees. | |
| 895 @item | |
| 896 During sparse tree construction (@pxref{Sparse trees}), matches in | |
| 897 archived subtrees are not exposed, unless you configure the option | |
| 898 @code{org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees}. | |
| 899 @item | |
| 900 During agenda view construction (@pxref{Agenda views}), the content of | |
| 901 archived trees is ignored unless you configure the option | |
| 902 @code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees}. | |
| 903 @item | |
| 904 Archived trees are not exported (@pxref{Exporting}), only the headline | |
| 905 is. Configure the details using the variable | |
| 906 @code{org-export-with-archived-trees}. | |
| 907 @end itemize | |
| 908 | |
| 909 The following commands help managing the ARCHIVE tag: | |
| 910 | |
| 911 @table @kbd | |
| 912 @kindex C-c C-x C-a | |
| 913 @item C-c C-x C-a | |
| 914 Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline. When the tag is set, | |
| 915 the headline changes to a shadowish face, and the subtree below it is | |
| 916 hidden. | |
| 917 @kindex C-u C-c C-x C-a | |
| 918 @item C-u C-c C-x C-a | |
| 919 Check if any direct children of the current headline should be archived. | |
| 920 To do this, each subtree is checked for open TODO entries. If none are | |
| 921 found, the command offers to set the ARCHIVE tag for the child. If the | |
| 922 cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when this command is invoked, the | |
| 923 level 1 trees will be checked. | |
| 924 @kindex C-@kbd{TAB} | |
| 925 @item C-@kbd{TAB} | |
| 926 Cycle a tree even if it is tagged with ARCHIVE. | |
| 927 @end table | |
| 928 | |
| 929 @node Moving subtrees, , ARCHIVE tag, Archiving | |
| 930 @subsection Moving subtrees | |
| 931 @cindex external archiving | |
| 932 | |
| 933 Once an entire project is finished, you may want to move it to a | |
| 934 different location, either in the current file, or even in a different | |
| 935 file, the archive file. | |
| 936 | |
| 937 @table @kbd | |
| 938 @kindex C-c C-x C-s | |
| 939 @item C-c C-x C-s | |
| 940 Archive the subtree starting at the cursor position to the location | |
| 941 given by @code{org-archive-location}. Context information that could be | |
| 942 lost like the file name, the category, inherited tags, and the todo | |
| 943 state will be store as properties in the entry. | |
| 944 @kindex C-u C-c C-x C-s | |
| 945 @item C-u C-c C-x C-s | |
| 946 Check if any direct children of the current headline could be moved to | |
| 947 the archive. To do this, each subtree is checked for open TODO entries. | |
| 948 If none are found, the command offers to move it to the archive | |
| 949 location. If the cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when this command | |
| 950 is invoked, the level 1 trees will be checked. | |
| 951 @end table | |
| 952 | |
| 953 @cindex archive locations | |
| 954 The default archive location is a file in the same directory as the | |
| 955 current file, with the name derived by appending @file{_archive} to the | |
| 956 current file name. For information and examples on how to change this, | |
| 957 see the documentation string of the variable | |
| 958 @code{org-archive-location}. There is also an in-buffer option for | |
| 959 setting this variable, for example | |
| 960 | |
| 961 @example | |
| 962 #+ARCHIVE: %s_done:: | |
| 963 @end example | |
| 964 | |
| 965 @noindent | |
| 966 You may have several such lines in the buffer, they will then be valid | |
| 967 for the entries following the line (the first will also apply to any | |
| 968 text before it). | |
| 969 | |
| 970 @node Sparse trees, Plain lists, Archiving, Document structure | |
| 971 @section Sparse trees | |
| 972 @cindex sparse trees | |
| 973 @cindex trees, sparse | |
| 974 @cindex folding, sparse trees | |
| 975 @cindex occur, command | |
| 976 | |
| 977 An important feature of Org-mode is the ability to construct | |
| 978 @emph{sparse trees} for selected information in an outline tree. A | |
| 979 sparse tree means that the entire document is folded as much as | |
| 980 possible, but the selected information is made visible along with the | |
| 981 headline structure above it@footnote{See also the variables | |
| 982 @code{org-show-hierarchy-above}, @code{org-show-following-heading}, and | |
| 983 @code{org-show-siblings} for detailed control on how much context is | |
| 984 shown around each match.}. Just try it out and you will see immediately | |
| 985 how it works. | |
| 986 | |
| 987 Org-mode contains several commands creating such trees. The most | |
| 988 basic one is @command{org-occur}: | |
| 989 | |
| 990 @table @kbd | |
| 991 @kindex C-c / | |
| 992 @item C-c / | |
| 993 Occur. Prompts for a regexp and shows a sparse tree with all matches. | |
| 994 If the match is in a headline, the headline is made visible. If the | |
| 995 match is in the body of an entry, headline and body are made visible. | |
| 996 In order to provide minimal context, also the full hierarchy of | |
| 997 headlines above the match is shown, as well as the headline following | |
| 998 the match. Each match is also highlighted; the highlights disappear | |
| 999 when the buffer is changed by an editing command, or by pressing | |
| 1000 @kbd{C-c C-c}. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, previous | |
| 1001 highlights are kept, so several calls to this command can be stacked. | |
| 1002 @end table | |
| 1003 @noindent | |
| 1004 For frequently used sparse trees of specific search strings, you can | |
| 1005 use the variable @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} to define fast | |
| 1006 keyboard access to specific sparse trees. These commands will then be | |
| 1007 accessible through the agenda dispatcher (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}). | |
| 1008 For example: | |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 @lisp | |
| 1011 (setq org-agenda-custom-commands | |
| 1012 '(("f" occur-tree "FIXME"))) | |
| 1013 @end lisp | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 @noindent will define the key @kbd{C-c a f} as a shortcut for creating | |
| 1016 a sparse tree matching the string @samp{FIXME}. | |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 Other commands use sparse trees as well. For example @kbd{C-c | |
| 1019 C-v} creates a sparse TODO tree (@pxref{TODO basics}). | |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 @kindex C-c C-e v | |
| 1022 @cindex printing sparse trees | |
| 1023 @cindex visible text, printing | |
| 1024 To print a sparse tree, you can use the Emacs command | |
| 1025 @code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} which does not print invisible parts | |
| 1026 of the document @footnote{This does not work under XEmacs, because | |
| 1027 XEmacs uses selective display for outlining, not text properties.}. | |
| 1028 Or you can use the command @kbd{C-c C-e v} to export only the visible | |
| 1029 part of the document and print the resulting file. | |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 @node Plain lists, Drawers, Sparse trees, Document structure | |
| 1032 @section Plain lists | |
| 1033 @cindex plain lists | |
| 1034 @cindex lists, plain | |
| 1035 @cindex lists, ordered | |
| 1036 @cindex ordered lists | |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 Within an entry of the outline tree, hand-formatted lists can provide | |
| 1039 additional structure. They also provide a way to create lists of | |
| 1040 checkboxes (@pxref{Checkboxes}). Org-mode supports editing such lists, | |
| 1041 and the HTML exporter (@pxref{Exporting}) does parse and format them. | |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 Org-mode knows ordered and unordered lists. Unordered list items start | |
| 1044 with @samp{-}, @samp{+}, or @samp{*}@footnote{When using @samp{*} as a | |
| 1045 bullet, lines must be indented or they will be seen as top-level | |
| 1046 headlines. Also, when you are hiding leading stars to get a clean | |
| 1047 outline view, plain list items starting with a star are visually | |
| 1048 indistinguishable from true headlines. In short: even though @samp{*} | |
| 1049 is supported, it may be better not to use it for plain list items.} as | |
| 1050 bullets. Ordered list items start with @samp{1.} or @samp{1)}. Items | |
| 1051 belonging to the same list must have the same indentation on the first | |
| 1052 line. In particular, if an ordered list reaches number @samp{10.}, then | |
| 1053 the 2--digit numbers must be written left-aligned with the other numbers | |
| 1054 in the list. Indentation also determines the end of a list item. It | |
| 1055 ends before the next line that is indented like the bullet/number, or | |
| 1056 less. Empty lines are part of the previous item, so you can have | |
| 1057 several paragraphs in one item. If you would like an empty line to | |
| 1058 terminate all currently open plain lists, configure the variable | |
| 1059 @code{org-empty-line-terminates-plain-lists}. Here is an example: | |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 @example | |
| 1062 @group | |
| 1063 ** Lord of the Rings | |
| 1064 My favorite scenes are (in this order) | |
| 1065 1. The attack of the Rohirrim | |
| 1066 2. Eowyns fight with the witch king | |
| 1067 + this was already my favorite scene in the book | |
| 1068 + I really like Miranda Otto. | |
| 1069 3. Peter Jackson being shot by Legolas | |
| 1070 - on DVD only | |
| 1071 He makes a really funny face when it happens. | |
| 1072 But in the end, not individual scenes matter but the film as a whole. | |
| 1073 @end group | |
| 1074 @end example | |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 Org-mode supports these lists by tuning filling and wrapping commands to | |
| 1077 deal with them correctly@footnote{Org-mode only changes the filling | |
| 1078 settings for Emacs. For XEmacs, you should use Kyle E. Jones' | |
| 1079 @file{filladapt.el}. To turn this on, put into @file{.emacs}: | |
| 1080 @code{(require 'filladapt)}}. | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 The following commands act on items when the cursor is in the first line | |
| 1083 of an item (the line with the bullet or number). | |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 @table @kbd | |
| 1086 @kindex @key{TAB} | |
| 1087 @item @key{TAB} | |
| 1088 Items can be folded just like headline levels if you set the variable | |
| 1089 @code{org-cycle-include-plain-lists}. The level of an item is then | |
| 1090 given by the indentation of the bullet/number. Items are always | |
| 1091 subordinate to real headlines, however; the hierarchies remain | |
| 1092 completely separated. | |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 If @code{org-cycle-include-plain-lists} has not been set, @key{TAB} | |
| 1095 fixes the indentation of the curent line in a heuristic way. | |
| 1096 @kindex M-@key{RET} | |
| 1097 @item M-@key{RET} | |
| 1098 Insert new item at current level. With prefix arg, force a new heading | |
| 1099 (@pxref{Structure editing}). If this command is used in the middle of a | |
| 1100 line, the line is @emph{split} and the rest of the line becomes the new | |
| 1101 item. If this command is executed in the @emph{whitespace before a bullet or | |
| 1102 number}, the new item is created @emph{before} the current item. If the | |
| 1103 command is executed in the white space before the text that is part of | |
| 1104 an item but does not contain the bullet, a bullet is added to the | |
| 1105 current line. | |
| 1106 @kindex M-S-@key{RET} | |
| 1107 @item M-S-@key{RET} | |
| 1108 Insert a new item with a checkbox (@pxref{Checkboxes}). | |
| 1109 @kindex S-@key{up} | |
| 1110 @kindex S-@key{down} | |
| 1111 @item S-@key{up} | |
| 1112 @itemx S-@key{down} | |
| 1113 Jump to the previous/next item in the current list. | |
| 1114 @kindex M-S-@key{up} | |
| 1115 @kindex M-S-@key{down} | |
| 1116 @item M-S-@key{up} | |
| 1117 @itemx M-S-@key{down} | |
| 1118 Move the item including subitems up/down (swap with previous/next item | |
| 1119 of same indentation). If the list is ordered, renumbering is | |
| 1120 automatic. | |
| 1121 @kindex M-S-@key{left} | |
| 1122 @kindex M-S-@key{right} | |
| 1123 @item M-S-@key{left} | |
| 1124 @itemx M-S-@key{right} | |
| 1125 Decrease/increase the indentation of the item, including subitems. | |
| 1126 Initially, the item tree is selected based on current indentation. | |
| 1127 When these commands are executed several times in direct succession, | |
| 1128 the initially selected region is used, even if the new indentation | |
| 1129 would imply a different hierarchy. To use the new hierarchy, break | |
| 1130 the command chain with a cursor motion or so. | |
| 1131 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 1132 @item C-c C-c | |
| 1133 If there is a checkbox (@pxref{Checkboxes}) in the item line, toggle the | |
| 1134 state of the checkbox. If not, make this command makes sure that all | |
| 1135 the items on this list level use the same bullet. Furthermore, if this | |
| 1136 is an ordered list, make sure the numbering is ok. | |
| 1137 @kindex C-c - | |
| 1138 @item C-c - | |
| 1139 Cycle the entire list level through the different itemize/enumerate | |
| 1140 bullets (@samp{-}, @samp{+}, @samp{*}, @samp{1.}, @samp{1)}). | |
| 1141 With prefix arg, select the nth bullet from this list. | |
| 1142 @end table | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 @node Drawers, orgstruct-mode, Plain lists, Document structure | |
| 1145 @section Drawers | |
| 1146 @cindex drawers | |
| 1147 @cindex visibility cycling, drawers | |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 Sometimes you want to keep information associated with an entry, but you | |
| 1150 normally don't want to see it. For this, Org-mode has @emph{drawers}. | |
| 1151 Drawers need to be configured with the variable @code{org-drawers}, and | |
| 1152 look like this: | |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 @example | |
| 1155 ** This is a headline | |
| 1156 Still outside the drawer | |
| 1157 :DRAWERNAME: | |
| 1158 This is inside the drawer. | |
| 1159 :END: | |
| 1160 After the drawer. | |
| 1161 @end example | |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 Visibility cycling (@pxref{Visibility cycling}) on the headline will | |
| 1164 hide and show the entry, but keep the drawer collapsed to a single line. | |
| 1165 In order to look inside the drawer, you need to move the cursor to the | |
| 1166 drawer line and press @key{TAB} there. Org-mode uses a drawer for | |
| 1167 storing properties (@pxref{Properties and columns}). | |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 @node orgstruct-mode, , Drawers, Document structure | |
| 1170 @section The Orgstruct minor mode | |
| 1171 @cindex orgstruct-mode | |
| 1172 @cindex minor mode for structure editing | |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 If you like the intuitive way the Org-mode structure editing and list | |
| 1175 formatting works, you might want to use these commands in other modes | |
| 1176 like text-mode or mail-mode as well. The minor mode Orgstruct-mode | |
| 1177 makes this possible. You can always toggle the mode with @kbd{M-x | |
| 1178 orgstruct-mode}. To turn it on by default, for example in mail mode, | |
| 1179 use | |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 @lisp | |
| 1182 (add-hook 'mail-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgstruct) | |
| 1183 @end lisp | |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 When this mode is active and the cursor is on a line that looks to | |
| 1186 Org-mode like a headline of the first line of a list item, most | |
| 1187 structure editing commands will work, even if the same keys normally | |
| 1188 have different functionality in the major mode you are using. If the | |
| 1189 cursor is not in one of those special lines, Orgstruct-mode lurks | |
| 1190 silently in the shadow. | |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 @node Tables, Hyperlinks, Document structure, Top | |
| 1193 @chapter Tables | |
| 1194 @cindex tables | |
| 1195 @cindex editing tables | |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 Org-mode has a very fast and intuitive table editor built-in. | |
| 1198 Spreadsheet-like calculations are supported in connection with the | |
| 1199 Emacs @file{calc} package. | |
| 1200 | |
| 1201 @menu | |
| 1202 * Built-in table editor:: Simple tables | |
| 1203 * Narrow columns:: Stop wasting space in tables | |
| 1204 * Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines | |
| 1205 * orgtbl-mode:: The table editor as minor mode | |
| 1206 * The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities. | |
| 1207 @end menu | |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 @node Built-in table editor, Narrow columns, Tables, Tables | |
| 1210 @section The built-in table editor | |
| 1211 @cindex table editor, built-in | |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 Org-mode makes it easy to format tables in plain ASCII. Any line with | |
| 1214 @samp{|} as the first non-whitespace character is considered part of a | |
| 1215 table. @samp{|} is also the column separator. A table might look like | |
| 1216 this: | |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 @example | |
| 1219 | Name | Phone | Age | | |
| 1220 |-------+-------+-----| | |
| 1221 | Peter | 1234 | 17 | | |
| 1222 | Anna | 4321 | 25 | | |
| 1223 @end example | |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 A table is re-aligned automatically each time you press @key{TAB} or | |
| 1226 @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} inside the table. @key{TAB} also moves to | |
| 1227 the next field (@key{RET} to the next row) and creates new table rows | |
| 1228 at the end of the table or before horizontal lines. The indentation | |
| 1229 of the table is set by the first line. Any line starting with | |
| 1230 @samp{|-} is considered as a horizontal separator line and will be | |
| 1231 expanded on the next re-align to span the whole table width. So, to | |
| 1232 create the above table, you would only type | |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 @example | |
| 1235 |Name|Phone|Age| | |
| 1236 |- | |
| 1237 @end example | |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 @noindent and then press @key{TAB} to align the table and start filling in | |
| 1240 fields. | |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 When typing text into a field, Org-mode treats @key{DEL}, | |
| 1243 @key{Backspace}, and all character keys in a special way, so that | |
| 1244 inserting and deleting avoids shifting other fields. Also, when | |
| 1245 typing @emph{immediately after the cursor was moved into a new field | |
| 1246 with @kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}}}, the | |
| 1247 field is automatically made blank. If this behavior is too | |
| 1248 unpredictable for you, configure the variables | |
| 1249 @code{org-enable-table-editor} and @code{org-table-auto-blank-field}. | |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 @table @kbd | |
| 1252 @tsubheading{Creation and conversion} | |
| 1253 @kindex C-c | | |
| 1254 @item C-c | | |
| 1255 Convert the active region to table. If every line contains at least one | |
| 1256 TAB character, the function assumes that the material is tab separated. | |
| 1257 If not, lines are split at whitespace into fields. You can use a prefix | |
| 1258 argument to indicate the minimum number of consecutive spaces required | |
| 1259 to identify a field separator (default: just one).@* | |
| 1260 If there is no active region, this command creates an empty Org-mode | |
| 1261 table. But it's easier just to start typing, like | |
| 1262 @kbd{|Name|Phone|Age @key{RET} |- @key{TAB}}. | |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 @tsubheading{Re-aligning and field motion} | |
| 1265 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 1266 @item C-c C-c | |
| 1267 Re-align the table without moving the cursor. | |
| 1268 @c | |
| 1269 @kindex @key{TAB} | |
| 1270 @item @key{TAB} | |
| 1271 Re-align the table, move to the next field. Creates a new row if | |
| 1272 necessary. | |
| 1273 @c | |
| 1274 @kindex S-@key{TAB} | |
| 1275 @item S-@key{TAB} | |
| 1276 Re-align, move to previous field. | |
| 1277 @c | |
| 1278 @kindex @key{RET} | |
| 1279 @item @key{RET} | |
| 1280 Re-align the table and move down to next row. Creates a new row if | |
| 1281 necessary. At the beginning or end of a line, @key{RET} still does | |
| 1282 NEWLINE, so it can be used to split a table. | |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 @tsubheading{Column and row editing} | |
| 1285 @kindex M-@key{left} | |
| 1286 @kindex M-@key{right} | |
| 1287 @item M-@key{left} | |
| 1288 @itemx M-@key{right} | |
| 1289 Move the current column left/right. | |
| 1290 @c | |
| 1291 @kindex M-S-@key{left} | |
| 1292 @item M-S-@key{left} | |
| 1293 Kill the current column. | |
| 1294 @c | |
| 1295 @kindex M-S-@key{right} | |
| 1296 @item M-S-@key{right} | |
| 1297 Insert a new column to the left of the cursor position. | |
| 1298 @c | |
| 1299 @kindex M-@key{up} | |
| 1300 @kindex M-@key{down} | |
| 1301 @item M-@key{up} | |
| 1302 @itemx M-@key{down} | |
| 1303 Move the current row up/down. | |
| 1304 @c | |
| 1305 @kindex M-S-@key{up} | |
| 1306 @item M-S-@key{up} | |
| 1307 Kill the current row or horizontal line. | |
| 1308 @c | |
| 1309 @kindex M-S-@key{down} | |
| 1310 @item M-S-@key{down} | |
| 1311 Insert a new row above (with arg: below) the current row. | |
| 1312 @c | |
| 1313 @kindex C-c - | |
| 1314 @item C-c - | |
| 1315 Insert a horizontal line below current row. With prefix arg, the line | |
| 1316 is created above the current line. | |
| 1317 @c | |
| 1318 @kindex C-c ^ | |
| 1319 @item C-c ^ | |
| 1320 Sort the table lines in the region. The position of point indicates the | |
| 1321 column to be used for sorting, and the range of lines is the range | |
| 1322 between the nearest horizontal separator lines, or the entire table. If | |
| 1323 point is before the first column, you will be prompted for the sorting | |
| 1324 column. If there is an active region, the mark specifies the first line | |
| 1325 and the sorting column, while point should be in the last line to be | |
| 1326 included into the sorting. The command prompts for the sorting type | |
| 1327 (alphabetically, numerically, or by time). When called with a prefix | |
| 1328 argument, alphabetic sorting will be case-sensitive. | |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 @tsubheading{Regions} | |
| 1331 @kindex C-c C-x M-w | |
| 1332 @item C-c C-x M-w | |
| 1333 Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard. Point | |
| 1334 and mark determine edge fields of the rectangle. The process ignores | |
| 1335 horizontal separator lines. | |
| 1336 @c | |
| 1337 @kindex C-c C-x C-w | |
| 1338 @item C-c C-x C-w | |
| 1339 Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard, and | |
| 1340 blank all fields in the rectangle. So this is the ``cut'' operation. | |
| 1341 @c | |
| 1342 @kindex C-c C-x C-y | |
| 1343 @item C-c C-x C-y | |
| 1344 Paste a rectangular region into a table. | |
| 1345 The upper right corner ends up in the current field. All involved fields | |
| 1346 will be overwritten. If the rectangle does not fit into the present table, | |
| 1347 the table is enlarged as needed. The process ignores horizontal separator | |
| 1348 lines. | |
| 1349 @c | |
| 1350 @kindex C-c C-q | |
| 1351 @item C-c C-q | |
| 1352 Wrap several fields in a column like a paragraph. If there is an active | |
| 1353 region, and both point and mark are in the same column, the text in the | |
| 1354 column is wrapped to minimum width for the given number of lines. A | |
| 1355 prefix ARG may be used to change the number of desired lines. If there | |
| 1356 is no region, the current field is split at the cursor position and the | |
| 1357 text fragment to the right of the cursor is prepended to the field one | |
| 1358 line down. If there is no region, but you specify a prefix ARG, the | |
| 1359 current field is made blank, and the content is appended to the field | |
| 1360 above. | |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 @tsubheading{Calculations} | |
| 1363 @cindex formula, in tables | |
| 1364 @cindex calculations, in tables | |
| 1365 @cindex region, active | |
| 1366 @cindex active region | |
| 1367 @cindex transient-mark-mode | |
| 1368 @kindex C-c + | |
| 1369 @item C-c + | |
| 1370 Sum the numbers in the current column, or in the rectangle defined by | |
| 1371 the active region. The result is shown in the echo area and can | |
| 1372 be inserted with @kbd{C-y}. | |
| 1373 @c | |
| 1374 @kindex S-@key{RET} | |
| 1375 @item S-@key{RET} | |
| 1376 When current field is empty, copy from first non-empty field above. | |
| 1377 When not empty, copy current field down to next row and move cursor | |
| 1378 along with it. Depending on the variable | |
| 1379 @code{org-table-copy-increment}, integer field values will be | |
| 1380 incremented during copy. This key is also used by CUA-mode | |
| 1381 (@pxref{Cooperation}). | |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 @tsubheading{Miscellaneous} | |
| 1384 @kindex C-c ` | |
| 1385 @item C-c ` | |
| 1386 Edit the current field in a separate window. This is useful for fields | |
| 1387 that are not fully visible (@pxref{Narrow columns}). When called with a | |
| 1388 @kbd{C-u} prefix, just make the full field visible, so that it can be | |
| 1389 edited in place. | |
| 1390 @c | |
| 1391 @kindex C-c @key{TAB} | |
| 1392 @item C-c @key{TAB} | |
| 1393 This is an alias for @kbd{C-u C-c `} to make the current field fully | |
| 1394 visible. | |
| 1395 @c | |
| 1396 @item M-x org-table-import | |
| 1397 Import a file as a table. The table should be TAB- or whitespace | |
| 1398 separated. Useful, for example, to import an Excel table or data from a | |
| 1399 database, because these programs generally can write TAB-separated text | |
| 1400 files. This command works by inserting the file into the buffer and | |
| 1401 then converting the region to a table. Any prefix argument is passed on | |
| 1402 to the converter, which uses it to determine the separator. | |
| 1403 @item C-c | | |
| 1404 Tables can also be imported by pasting tabular text into the org-mode | |
| 1405 buffer, selecting the pasted text with @kbd{C-x C-x} and then using the | |
| 1406 @kbd{C-c |} command (see above under @i{Creation and conversion}. | |
| 1407 @c | |
| 1408 @item M-x org-table-export | |
| 1409 Export the table as a TAB-separated file. Useful for data exchange with, | |
| 1410 for example, Excel or database programs. | |
| 1411 @end table | |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 If you don't like the automatic table editor because it gets in your | |
| 1414 way on lines which you would like to start with @samp{|}, you can turn | |
| 1415 it off with | |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 @lisp | |
| 1418 (setq org-enable-table-editor nil) | |
| 1419 @end lisp | |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 @noindent Then the only table command that still works is | |
| 1422 @kbd{C-c C-c} to do a manual re-align. | |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 @node Narrow columns, Column groups, Built-in table editor, Tables | |
| 1425 @section Narrow columns | |
| 1426 @cindex narrow columns in tables | |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 The width of columns is automatically determined by the table editor. | |
| 1429 Sometimes a single field or a few fields need to carry more text, | |
| 1430 leading to inconveniently wide columns. To limit@footnote{This feature | |
| 1431 does not work on XEmacs.} the width of a column, one field anywhere in | |
| 1432 the column may contain just the string @samp{<N>} where @samp{N} is an | |
| 1433 integer specifying the width of the column in characters. The next | |
| 1434 re-align will then set the width of this column to no more than this | |
| 1435 value. | |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 @example | |
| 1438 @group | |
| 1439 |---+------------------------------| |---+--------| | |
| 1440 | | | | | <6> | | |
| 1441 | 1 | one | | 1 | one | | |
| 1442 | 2 | two | ----\ | 2 | two | | |
| 1443 | 3 | This is a long chunk of text | ----/ | 3 | This=> | | |
| 1444 | 4 | four | | 4 | four | | |
| 1445 |---+------------------------------| |---+--------| | |
| 1446 @end group | |
| 1447 @end example | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 @noindent | |
| 1450 Fields that are wider become clipped and end in the string @samp{=>}. | |
| 1451 Note that the full text is still in the buffer, it is only invisible. | |
| 1452 To see the full text, hold the mouse over the field - a tool-tip window | |
| 1453 will show the full content. To edit such a field, use the command | |
| 1454 @kbd{C-c `} (that is @kbd{C-c} followed by the backquote). This will | |
| 1455 open a new window with the full field. Edit it and finish with @kbd{C-c | |
| 1456 C-c}. | |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 When visiting a file containing a table with narrowed columns, the | |
| 1459 necessary character hiding has not yet happened, and the table needs to | |
| 1460 be aligned before it looks nice. Setting the option | |
| 1461 @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} will realign all tables in a file | |
| 1462 upon visiting, but also slow down startup. You can also set this option | |
| 1463 on a per-file basis with: | |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 @example | |
| 1466 #+STARTUP: align | |
| 1467 #+STARTUP: noalign | |
| 1468 @end example | |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 @node Column groups, orgtbl-mode, Narrow columns, Tables | |
| 1471 @section Column groups | |
| 1472 @cindex grouping columns in tables | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 When Org-mode exports tables, it does so by default without vertical | |
| 1475 lines because that is visually more satisfying in general. Occasionally | |
| 1476 however, vertical lines can be useful to structure a table into groups | |
| 1477 of columns, much like horizontal lines can do for groups of rows. In | |
| 1478 order to specify column groups, you can use a special row where the | |
| 1479 first field contains only @samp{/}. The further fields can either | |
| 1480 contain @samp{<} to indicate that this column should start a group, | |
| 1481 @samp{>} to indicate the end of a column, or @samp{<>} to make a column | |
| 1482 a group of its own. Boundaries between colum groups will upon export be | |
| 1483 marked with vertical lines. Here is an example: | |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 @example | |
| 1486 | | N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) | | |
| 1487 |---+----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------| | |
| 1488 | / | <> | < | | > | < | > | | |
| 1489 | # | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | | |
| 1490 | # | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 1.4142 | 1.1892 | | |
| 1491 | # | 3 | 9 | 27 | 81 | 1.7321 | 1.3161 | | |
| 1492 |---+----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------| | |
| 1493 #+TBLFM: $3=$2^2::$4=$2^3::$5=$2^4::$6=sqrt($2)::$7=sqrt(sqrt(($2)) | |
| 1494 @end example | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 It is also sufficient to just insert the colum group starters after | |
| 1497 every vertical line you'd like to have: | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 @example | |
| 1500 | N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) | | |
| 1501 |----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------| | |
| 1502 | / | < | | | < | | | |
| 1503 @end example | |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 @node orgtbl-mode, The spreadsheet, Column groups, Tables | |
| 1506 @section The Orgtbl minor mode | |
| 1507 @cindex orgtbl-mode | |
| 1508 @cindex minor mode for tables | |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 If you like the intuitive way the Org-mode table editor works, you | |
| 1511 might also want to use it in other modes like text-mode or mail-mode. | |
| 1512 The minor mode Orgtbl-mode makes this possible. You can always toggle | |
| 1513 the mode with @kbd{M-x orgtbl-mode}. To turn it on by default, for | |
| 1514 example in mail mode, use | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 @lisp | |
| 1517 (add-hook 'mail-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgtbl) | |
| 1518 @end lisp | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 Furthermore, with some special setup, it is possible to maintain tables | |
| 1521 in arbitrary syntax with Orgtbl-mode. For example, it is possible to | |
| 1522 construct La@TeX{} tables with the underlying ease and power of | |
| 1523 Orgtbl-mode, including spreadsheet capabilities. For details, see | |
| 1524 @ref{Tables in arbitrary syntax}. | |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 @node The spreadsheet, , orgtbl-mode, Tables | |
| 1527 @section The spreadsheet | |
| 1528 @cindex calculations, in tables | |
| 1529 @cindex spreadsheet capabilities | |
| 1530 @cindex @file{calc} package | |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 The table editor makes use of the Emacs @file{calc} package to implement | |
| 1533 spreadsheet-like capabilities. It can also evaluate Emacs Lisp forms to | |
| 1534 derive fields from other fields. While fully featured, Org-mode's | |
| 1535 implementation is not identical to other spreadsheets. For example, | |
| 1536 Org-mode knows the concept of a @emph{column formula} that will be | |
| 1537 applied to all non-header fields in a column without having to copy the | |
| 1538 formula to each relevant field. | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 @menu | |
| 1541 * References:: How to refer to another field or range | |
| 1542 * Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff | |
| 1543 * Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp | |
| 1544 * Field formulas:: Formulas valid for a single field | |
| 1545 * Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column | |
| 1546 * Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas | |
| 1547 * Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields | |
| 1548 * Advanced features:: Field names, parameters and automatic recalc | |
| 1549 @end menu | |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 @node References, Formula syntax for Calc, The spreadsheet, The spreadsheet | |
| 1552 @subsection References | |
| 1553 @cindex references | |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 To compute fields in the table from other fields, formulas must | |
| 1556 reference other fields or ranges. In Org-mode, fields can be referenced | |
| 1557 by name, by absolute coordinates, and by relative coordinates. To find | |
| 1558 out what the coordinates of a field are, press @kbd{C-c ?} in that | |
| 1559 field, or press @kbd{C-c @}} to toggle the display of a grid. | |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 @subsubheading Field references | |
| 1562 @cindex field references | |
| 1563 @cindex references, to fields | |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 Formulas can reference the value of another field in two ways. Like in | |
| 1566 any other spreadsheet, you may reference fields with a letter/number | |
| 1567 combination like @code{B3}, meaning the 2nd field in the 3rd row. | |
| 1568 @c Such references are always fixed to that field, they don't change | |
| 1569 @c when you copy and paste a formula to a different field. So | |
| 1570 @c Org-mode's @code{B3} behaves like @code{$B$3} in other spreadsheets. | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 @noindent | |
| 1573 Org-mode also uses another, more general operator that looks like this: | |
| 1574 @example | |
| 1575 @@row$column | |
| 1576 @end example | |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 @noindent | |
| 1579 Column references can be absolute like @samp{1}, @samp{2},...@samp{N}, | |
| 1580 or relative to the current column like @samp{+1} or @samp{-2}. | |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 The row specification only counts data lines and ignores horizontal | |
| 1583 separator lines (hlines). You can use absolute row numbers | |
| 1584 @samp{1}...@samp{N}, and row numbers relative to the current row like | |
| 1585 @samp{+3} or @samp{-1}. Or specify the row relative to one of the | |
| 1586 hlines: @samp{I} refers to the first hline, @samp{II} to the second etc. | |
| 1587 @samp{-I} refers to the first such line above the current line, | |
| 1588 @samp{+I} to the first such line below the current line. You can also | |
| 1589 write @samp{III+2} which is the second data line after the third hline | |
| 1590 in the table. Relative row numbers like @samp{-3} will not cross hlines | |
| 1591 if the current line is too close to the hline. Instead, the value | |
| 1592 directly at the hline is used. | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 @samp{0} refers to the current row and column. Also, if you omit | |
| 1595 either the column or the row part of the reference, the current | |
| 1596 row/column is implied. | |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 Org-mode's references with @emph{unsigned} numbers are fixed references | |
| 1599 in the sense that if you use the same reference in the formula for two | |
| 1600 different fields, the same field will be referenced each time. | |
| 1601 Org-mode's references with @emph{signed} numbers are floating | |
| 1602 references because the same reference operator can reference different | |
| 1603 fields depending on the field being calculated by the formula. | |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 Here are a few examples: | |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 @example | |
| 1608 @@2$3 @r{2nd row, 3rd column} | |
| 1609 C2 @r{same as previous} | |
| 1610 $5 @r{column 5 in the current row} | |
| 1611 E& @r{same as previous} | |
| 1612 @@2 @r{current column, row 2} | |
| 1613 @@-1$-3 @r{the field one row up, three columns to the left} | |
| 1614 @@-I$2 @r{field just under hline above current row, column 2} | |
| 1615 @end example | |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 @subsubheading Range references | |
| 1618 @cindex range references | |
| 1619 @cindex references, to ranges | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 You may reference a rectangular range of fields by specifying two field | |
| 1622 references connected by two dots @samp{..}. If both fields are in the | |
| 1623 current row, you may simply use @samp{$2..$7}, but if at least one field | |
| 1624 is in a different row, you need to use the general @code{@@row$column} | |
| 1625 format at least for the first field (i.e the reference must start with | |
| 1626 @samp{@@} in order to be interpreted correctly). Examples: | |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 @example | |
| 1629 $1..$3 @r{First three fields in the current row.} | |
| 1630 $P..$Q @r{Range, using column names (see under Advanced)} | |
| 1631 @@2$1..@@4$3 @r{6 fields between these two fields.} | |
| 1632 A2..C4 @r{Same as above.} | |
| 1633 @@-1$-2..@@-1 @r{3 numbers from the column to the left, 2 up to current row} | |
| 1634 @end example | |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 @noindent Range references return a vector of values that can be fed | |
| 1637 into Calc vector functions. Empty fields in ranges are normally | |
| 1638 suppressed, so that the vector contains only the non-empty fields (but | |
| 1639 see the @samp{E} mode switch below). If there are no non-empty fields, | |
| 1640 @samp{[0]} is returned to avoid syntax errors in formulas. | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 @subsubheading Named references | |
| 1643 @cindex named references | |
| 1644 @cindex references, named | |
| 1645 @cindex name, of column or field | |
| 1646 @cindex constants, in calculations | |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 @samp{$name} is interpreted as the name of a column, parameter or | |
| 1649 constant. Constants are defined globally through the variable | |
| 1650 @code{org-table-formula-constants}, and locally (for the file) through a | |
| 1651 line like | |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 @example | |
| 1654 #+CONSTANTS: c=299792458. pi=3.14 eps=2.4e-6 | |
| 1655 @end example | |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 @noindent | |
| 1658 Also properties (@pxref{Properties and columns}) can be used as | |
| 1659 constants in table formulas: For a property @samp{:XYZ:} use the name | |
| 1660 @samp{$PROP_XYZ}, and the property will be searched in the current | |
| 1661 outline entry and in the hierarchy above it. If you have the | |
| 1662 @file{constants.el} package, it will also be used to resolve constants, | |
| 1663 including natural constants like @samp{$h} for Planck's constant, and | |
| 1664 units like @samp{$km} for kilometers@footnote{@file{Constant.el} can | |
| 1665 supply the values of constants in two different unit systems, @code{SI} | |
| 1666 and @code{cgs}. Which one is used depends on the value of the variable | |
| 1667 @code{constants-unit-system}. You can use the @code{#+STARTUP} options | |
| 1668 @code{constSI} and @code{constcgs} to set this value for the current | |
| 1669 buffer.}. Column names and parameters can be specified in special table | |
| 1670 lines. These are described below, see @ref{Advanced features}. All | |
| 1671 names must start with a letter, and further consist of letters and | |
| 1672 numbers. | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 @node Formula syntax for Calc, Formula syntax for Lisp, References, The spreadsheet | |
| 1675 @subsection Formula syntax for Calc | |
| 1676 @cindex formula syntax, Calc | |
| 1677 @cindex syntax, of formulas | |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 A formula can be any algebraic expression understood by the Emacs | |
| 1680 @file{Calc} package. @b{Note that @file{calc} has the | |
| 1681 non-standard convention that @samp{/} has lower precedence than | |
| 1682 @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}.} Before | |
| 1683 evaluation by @code{calc-eval} (@pxref{Calling Calc from | |
| 1684 Your Programs,calc-eval,Calling calc from Your Lisp Programs,calc,GNU | |
| 1685 Emacs Calc Manual}), | |
| 1686 @c FIXME: The link to the calc manual in HTML does not work. | |
| 1687 variable substitution takes place according to the rules described above. | |
| 1688 @cindex vectors, in table calculations | |
| 1689 The range vectors can be directly fed into the calc vector functions | |
| 1690 like @samp{vmean} and @samp{vsum}. | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 @cindex format specifier | |
| 1693 @cindex mode, for @file{calc} | |
| 1694 A formula can contain an optional mode string after a semicolon. This | |
| 1695 string consists of flags to influence Calc and other modes during | |
| 1696 execution. By default, Org-mode uses the standard calc modes (precision | |
| 1697 12, angular units degrees, fraction and symbolic modes off. The display | |
| 1698 format, however, has been changed to @code{(float 5)} to keep tables | |
| 1699 compact. The default settings can be configured using the variable | |
| 1700 @code{org-calc-default-modes}. | |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 @example | |
| 1703 p20 @r{switch the internal precision to 20 digits} | |
| 1704 n3 s3 e2 f4 @r{normal, scientific, engineering, or fixed display format} | |
| 1705 D R @r{angle modes: degrees, radians} | |
| 1706 F S @r{fraction and symbolic modes} | |
| 1707 N @r{interpret all fields as numbers, use 0 for non-numbers} | |
| 1708 T @r{force text interpretation} | |
| 1709 E @r{keep empty fields in ranges} | |
| 1710 @end example | |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 @noindent | |
| 1713 In addition, you may provide a @code{printf} format specifier to | |
| 1714 reformat the final result. A few examples: | |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 @example | |
| 1717 $1+$2 @r{Sum of first and second field} | |
| 1718 $1+$2;%.2f @r{Same, format result to two decimals} | |
| 1719 exp($2)+exp($1) @r{Math functions can be used} | |
| 1720 $0;%.1f @r{Reformat current cell to 1 decimal} | |
| 1721 ($3-32)*5/9 @r{Degrees F -> C conversion} | |
| 1722 $c/$1/$cm @r{Hz -> cm conversion, using @file{constants.el}} | |
| 1723 tan($1);Dp3s1 @r{Compute in degrees, precision 3, display SCI 1} | |
| 1724 sin($1);Dp3%.1e @r{Same, but use printf specifier for display} | |
| 1725 vmean($2..$7) @r{Compute column range mean, using vector function} | |
| 1726 vmean($2..$7);EN @r{Same, but treat empty fields as 0} | |
| 1727 taylor($3,x=7,2) @r{taylor series of $3, at x=7, second degree} | |
| 1728 @end example | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 Calc also contains a complete set of logical operations. For example | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 @example | |
| 1733 if($1<20,teen,string("")) @r{``teen'' if age $1 less than 20, else empty} | |
| 1734 @end example | |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 @node Formula syntax for Lisp, Field formulas, Formula syntax for Calc, The spreadsheet | |
| 1737 @subsection Emacs Lisp forms as formulas | |
| 1738 @cindex Lisp forms, as table formulas | |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 It is also possible to write a formula in Emacs Lisp; this can be useful | |
| 1741 for string manipulation and control structures, if the Calc's | |
| 1742 functionality is not enough. If a formula starts with a single quote | |
| 1743 followed by an opening parenthesis, then it is evaluated as a lisp form. | |
| 1744 The evaluation should return either a string or a number. Just as with | |
| 1745 @file{calc} formulas, you can specify modes and a printf format after a | |
| 1746 semicolon. With Emacs Lisp forms, you need to be concious about the way | |
| 1747 field references are interpolated into the form. By default, a | |
| 1748 reference will be interpolated as a Lisp string (in double quotes) | |
| 1749 containing the field. If you provide the @samp{N} mode switch, all | |
| 1750 referenced elements will be numbers (non-number fields will be zero) and | |
| 1751 interpolated as Lisp numbers, without quotes. If you provide the | |
| 1752 @samp{L} flag, all fields will be interpolated literally, without quotes. | |
| 1753 I.e., if you want a reference to be interpreted as a string by the Lisp | |
| 1754 form, enclode the reference operator itself in double quotes, like | |
| 1755 @code{"$3"}. Ranges are inserted as space-separated fields, so you can | |
| 1756 embed them in list or vector syntax. A few examples, note how the | |
| 1757 @samp{N} mode is used when we do computations in lisp. | |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 @example | |
| 1760 @r{Swap the first two characters of the content of column 1} | |
| 1761 '(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2)) | |
| 1762 @r{Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to the Calc's @code{$1+$2}} | |
| 1763 '(+ $1 $2);N | |
| 1764 @r{Compute the sum of columns 1-4, like Calc's @code{vsum($1..$4)}} | |
| 1765 '(apply '+ '($1..$4));N | |
| 1766 @end example | |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 @node Field formulas, Column formulas, Formula syntax for Lisp, The spreadsheet | |
| 1769 @subsection Field formulas | |
| 1770 @cindex field formula | |
| 1771 @cindex formula, for individual table field | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 To assign a formula to a particular field, type it directly into the | |
| 1774 field, preceded by @samp{:=}, for example @samp{:=$1+$2}. When you | |
| 1775 press @key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in | |
| 1776 the field, the formula will be stored as the formula for this field, | |
| 1777 evaluated, and the current field replaced with the result. | |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 Formulas are stored in a special line starting with @samp{#+TBLFM:} | |
| 1780 directly below the table. If you typed the equation in the 4th field of | |
| 1781 the 3rd data line in the table, the formula will look like | |
| 1782 @samp{@@3$4=$1+$2}. When inserting/deleting/swapping column and rows | |
| 1783 with the appropriate commands, @i{absolute references} (but not relative | |
| 1784 ones) in stored formulas are modified in order to still reference the | |
| 1785 same field. Of cause this is not true if you edit the table structure | |
| 1786 with normal editing commands - then you must fix the equations yourself. | |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the | |
| 1789 following command | |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 @table @kbd | |
| 1792 @kindex C-u C-c = | |
| 1793 @item C-u C-c = | |
| 1794 Install a new formula for the current field. The command prompts for a | |
| 1795 formula, with default taken from the @samp{#+TBLFM:} line, applies | |
| 1796 it to the current field and stores it. | |
| 1797 @end table | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 @node Column formulas, Editing and debugging formulas, Field formulas, The spreadsheet | |
| 1800 @subsection Column formulas | |
| 1801 @cindex column formula | |
| 1802 @cindex formula, for table column | |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 Often in a table, the same formula should be used for all fields in a | |
| 1805 particular column. Instead of having to copy the formula to all fields | |
| 1806 in that column, org-mode allows to assign a single formula to an entire | |
| 1807 column. If the table contains horizontal separator hlines, everything | |
| 1808 before the first such line is considered part of the table @emph{header} | |
| 1809 and will not be modified by column formulas. | |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 To assign a formula to a column, type it directly into any field in the | |
| 1812 column, preceded by an equal sign, like @samp{=$1+$2}. When you press | |
| 1813 @key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the | |
| 1814 field, the formula will be stored as the formula for the current column, | |
| 1815 evaluated and the current field replaced with the result. If the field | |
| 1816 contains only @samp{=}, the previously stored formula for this column is | |
| 1817 used. For each column, Org-mode will only remember the most recently | |
| 1818 used formula. In the @samp{TBLFM:} line, column formulas will look like | |
| 1819 @samp{$4=$1+$2}. | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the | |
| 1822 following command: | |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 @table @kbd | |
| 1825 @kindex C-c = | |
| 1826 @item C-c = | |
| 1827 Install a new formula for the current column and replace current field | |
| 1828 with the result of the formula. The command prompts for a formula, with | |
| 1829 default taken from the @samp{#+TBLFM} line, applies it to the current | |
| 1830 field and stores it. With a numerical prefix (e.g. @kbd{C-5 C-c =}) | |
| 1831 will apply it to that many consecutive fields in the current column. | |
| 1832 @end table | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 @node Editing and debugging formulas, Updating the table, Column formulas, The spreadsheet | |
| 1836 @subsection Editing and Debugging formulas | |
| 1837 @cindex formula editing | |
| 1838 @cindex editing, of table formulas | |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 You can edit individual formulas in the minibuffer or directly in the | |
| 1841 field. Org-mode can also prepare a special buffer with all active | |
| 1842 formulas of a table. When offering a formula for editing, Org-mode | |
| 1843 converts references to the standard format (like @code{B3} or @code{D&}) | |
| 1844 if possible. If you prefer to only work with the internal format (like | |
| 1845 @code{@@3$2} or @code{$4}), configure the variable | |
| 1846 @code{org-table-use-standard-references}. | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 @table @kbd | |
| 1849 @kindex C-c = | |
| 1850 @kindex C-u C-c = | |
| 1851 @item C-c = | |
| 1852 @itemx C-u C-c = | |
| 1853 Edit the formula associated with the current column/field in the | |
| 1854 minibuffer. See @ref{Column formulas} and @ref{Field formulas}. | |
| 1855 @kindex C-u C-u C-c = | |
| 1856 @item C-u C-u C-c = | |
| 1857 Re-insert the active formula (either a | |
| 1858 field formula, or a column formula) into the current field, so that you | |
| 1859 can edit it directly in the field. The advantage over editing in the | |
| 1860 minibuffer is that you can use the command @kbd{C-c ?}. | |
| 1861 @kindex C-c ? | |
| 1862 @item C-c ? | |
| 1863 While editing a formula in a table field, highlight the field(s) | |
| 1864 referenced by the reference at the cursor position in the formula. | |
| 1865 @kindex C-c @} | |
| 1866 @item C-c @} | |
| 1867 Toggle the display of row and column numbers for a table, using | |
| 1868 overlays. These are updated each time the table is aligned, you can | |
| 1869 force it with @kbd{C-c C-c}. | |
| 1870 @kindex C-c @{ | |
| 1871 @item C-c @{ | |
| 1872 Toggle the formula debugger on and off. See below. | |
| 1873 @kindex C-c ' | |
| 1874 @item C-c ' | |
| 1875 Edit all formulas for the current table in a special buffer, where the | |
| 1876 formulas will be displayed one per line. If the current field has an | |
| 1877 active formula, the cursor in the formula editor will mark it. | |
| 1878 While inside the special buffer, Org-mode will automatically highlight | |
| 1879 any field or range reference at the cursor position. You may edit, | |
| 1880 remove and add formulas, and use the following commands: | |
| 1881 @table @kbd | |
| 1882 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 1883 @kindex C-x C-s | |
| 1884 @item C-c C-c | |
| 1885 @itemx C-x C-s | |
| 1886 Exit the formula editor and store the modified formulas. With @kbd{C-u} | |
| 1887 prefix, also apply the new formulas to the entire table. | |
| 1888 @kindex C-c C-q | |
| 1889 @item C-c C-q | |
| 1890 Exit the formula editor without installing changes. | |
| 1891 @kindex C-c C-r | |
| 1892 @item C-c C-r | |
| 1893 Toggle all references in the formula editor between standard (like | |
| 1894 @code{B3}) and internal (like @code{@@3$2}). | |
| 1895 @kindex @key{TAB} | |
| 1896 @item @key{TAB} | |
| 1897 Pretty-print or indent lisp formula at point. When in a line containing | |
| 1898 a lisp formula, format the formula according to Emacs Lisp rules. | |
| 1899 Another @key{TAB} collapses the formula back again. In the open | |
| 1900 formula, @key{TAB} re-indents just like in Emacs-lisp-mode. | |
| 1901 @kindex M-@key{TAB} | |
| 1902 @item M-@key{TAB} | |
| 1903 Complete Lisp symbols, just like in Emacs-lisp-mode. | |
| 1904 @kindex S-@key{up} | |
| 1905 @kindex S-@key{down} | |
| 1906 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 1907 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 1908 @item S-@key{up}/@key{down}/@key{left}/@key{right} | |
| 1909 Shift the reference at point. For example, if the reference is | |
| 1910 @code{B3} and you press @kbd{S-@key{right}}, it will become @code{C3}. | |
| 1911 This also works for relative references, and for hline references. | |
| 1912 @kindex M-S-@key{up} | |
| 1913 @kindex M-S-@key{down} | |
| 1914 @item M-S-@key{up}/@key{down} | |
| 1915 Move the test line for column formulas in the Org-mode buffer up and | |
| 1916 down. | |
| 1917 @kindex M-@key{up} | |
| 1918 @kindex M-@key{down} | |
| 1919 @item M-@key{up}/@key{down} | |
| 1920 Scroll the window displaying the table. | |
| 1921 @kindex C-c @} | |
| 1922 @item C-c @} | |
| 1923 Turn the coordinate grid in the table on and off. | |
| 1924 @end table | |
| 1925 @end table | |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 Making a table field blank does not remove the formula associated with | |
| 1928 the field, because that is stored in a different line (the @samp{TBLFM} | |
| 1929 line) - during the next recalculation the field will be filled again. | |
| 1930 To remove a formula from a field, you have to give an empty reply when | |
| 1931 prompted for the formula, or to edit the @samp{#+TBLFM} line. | |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 1934 You may edit the @samp{#+TBLFM} directly and re-apply the changed | |
| 1935 equations with @kbd{C-c C-c} in that line, or with the normal | |
| 1936 recalculation commands in the table. | |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 @subsubheading Debugging formulas | |
| 1939 @cindex formula debugging | |
| 1940 @cindex debugging, of table formulas | |
| 1941 When the evaluation of a formula leads to an error, the field content | |
| 1942 becomes the string @samp{#ERROR}. If you would like see what is going | |
| 1943 on during variable substitution and calculation in order to find a bug, | |
| 1944 turn on formula debugging in the @code{Tbl} menu and repeat the | |
| 1945 calculation, for example by pressing @kbd{C-u C-u C-c = @key{RET}} in a | |
| 1946 field. Detailed information will be displayed. | |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 @node Updating the table, Advanced features, Editing and debugging formulas, The spreadsheet | |
| 1949 @subsection Updating the Table | |
| 1950 @cindex recomputing table fields | |
| 1951 @cindex updating, table | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 Recalculation of a table is normally not automatic, but needs to be | |
| 1954 triggered by a command. See @ref{Advanced features} for a way to make | |
| 1955 recalculation at least semi-automatically. | |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 In order to recalculate a line of a table or the entire table, use the | |
| 1958 following commands: | |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 @table @kbd | |
| 1961 @kindex C-c * | |
| 1962 @item C-c * | |
| 1963 Recalculate the current row by first applying the stored column formulas | |
| 1964 from left to right, and all field formulas in the current row. | |
| 1965 @c | |
| 1966 @kindex C-u C-c * | |
| 1967 @item C-u C-c * | |
| 1968 @kindex C-u C-c C-c | |
| 1969 @itemx C-u C-c C-c | |
| 1970 Recompute the entire table, line by line. Any lines before the first | |
| 1971 hline are left alone, assuming that these are part of the table header. | |
| 1972 @c | |
| 1973 @kindex C-u C-u C-c * | |
| 1974 @kindex C-u C-u C-c C-c | |
| 1975 @item C-u C-u C-c * | |
| 1976 @itemx C-u C-u C-c C-c | |
| 1977 Iterate the table by recomputing it until no further changes occur. | |
| 1978 This may be necessary if some computed fields use the value of other | |
| 1979 fields that are computed @i{later} in the calculation sequence. | |
| 1980 @end table | |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 @node Advanced features, , Updating the table, The spreadsheet | |
| 1983 @subsection Advanced features | |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 If you want the recalculation of fields to happen automatically, or if | |
| 1986 you want to be able to assign @i{names} to fields and columns, you need | |
| 1987 to reserve the first column of the table for special marking characters. | |
| 1988 @table @kbd | |
| 1989 @kindex C-# | |
| 1990 @item C-# | |
| 1991 Rotate the calculation mark in first column through the states @samp{}, | |
| 1992 @samp{#}, @samp{*}, @samp{!}, @samp{$}. The meaning of these characters | |
| 1993 is discussed below. When there is an active region, change all marks in | |
| 1994 the region. | |
| 1995 @end table | |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 Here is an example of a table that collects exam results of students and | |
| 1998 makes use of these features: | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 @example | |
| 2001 @group | |
| 2002 |---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| | |
| 2003 | | Student | Prob 1 | Prob 2 | Prob 3 | Total | Note | | |
| 2004 |---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| | |
| 2005 | ! | | P1 | P2 | P3 | Tot | | | |
| 2006 | # | Maximum | 10 | 15 | 25 | 50 | 10.0 | | |
| 2007 | ^ | | m1 | m2 | m3 | mt | | | |
| 2008 |---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| | |
| 2009 | # | Peter | 10 | 8 | 23 | 41 | 8.2 | | |
| 2010 | # | Sara | 6 | 14 | 19 | 39 | 7.8 | | |
| 2011 | # | Sam | 2 | 4 | 3 | 9 | 1.8 | | |
| 2012 |---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| | |
| 2013 | | Average | | | | 29.7 | | | |
| 2014 | ^ | | | | | at | | | |
| 2015 | $ | max=50 | | | | | | | |
| 2016 |---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| | |
| 2017 #+TBLFM: $6=vsum($P1..$P3)::$7=10*$Tot/$max;%.1f::$at=vmean(@@-II..@@-I);%.1f | |
| 2018 @end group | |
| 2019 @end example | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 @noindent @b{Important}: Please note that for these special tables, | |
| 2022 recalculating the table with @kbd{C-u C-c *} will only affect rows that | |
| 2023 are marked @samp{#} or @samp{*}, and fields that have a formula assigned | |
| 2024 to the field itself. The column formulas are not applied in rows with | |
| 2025 empty first field. | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 @cindex marking characters, tables | |
| 2028 The marking characters have the following meaning: | |
| 2029 @table @samp | |
| 2030 @item ! | |
| 2031 The fields in this line define names for the columns, so that you may | |
| 2032 refer to a column as @samp{$Tot} instead of @samp{$6}. | |
| 2033 @item ^ | |
| 2034 This row defines names for the fields @emph{above} the row. With such | |
| 2035 a definition, any formula in the table may use @samp{$m1} to refer to | |
| 2036 the value @samp{10}. Also, if you assign a formula to a names field, it | |
| 2037 will be stored as @samp{$name=...}. | |
| 2038 @item _ | |
| 2039 Similar to @samp{^}, but defines names for the fields in the row | |
| 2040 @emph{below}. | |
| 2041 @item $ | |
| 2042 Fields in this row can define @emph{parameters} for formulas. For | |
| 2043 example, if a field in a @samp{$} row contains @samp{max=50}, then | |
| 2044 formulas in this table can refer to the value 50 using @samp{$max}. | |
| 2045 Parameters work exactly like constants, only that they can be defined on | |
| 2046 a per-table basis. | |
| 2047 @item # | |
| 2048 Fields in this row are automatically recalculated when pressing | |
| 2049 @key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} in this row. Also, this row | |
| 2050 is selected for a global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}. Unmarked | |
| 2051 lines will be left alone by this command. | |
| 2052 @item * | |
| 2053 Selects this line for global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, but | |
| 2054 not for automatic recalculation. Use this when automatic | |
| 2055 recalculation slows down editing too much. | |
| 2056 @item | |
| 2057 Unmarked lines are exempt from recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}. | |
| 2058 All lines that should be recalculated should be marked with @samp{#} | |
| 2059 or @samp{*}. | |
| 2060 @item / | |
| 2061 Do not export this line. Useful for lines that contain the narrowing | |
| 2062 @samp{<N>} markers. | |
| 2063 @end table | |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 Finally, just to whet your appetite on what can be done with the | |
| 2066 fantastic @file{calc} package, here is a table that computes the Taylor | |
| 2067 series of degree @code{n} at location @code{x} for a couple of functions | |
| 2068 (homework: try that with Excel :-) | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 @example | |
| 2071 @group | |
| 2072 |---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------| | |
| 2073 | | Func | n | x | Result | | |
| 2074 |---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------| | |
| 2075 | # | exp(x) | 1 | x | 1 + x | | |
| 2076 | # | exp(x) | 2 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 | | |
| 2077 | # | exp(x) | 3 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 | | |
| 2078 | # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=0 | x*(0.5 / 0) + x^2 (2 - 0.25 / 0) / 2 | | |
| 2079 | # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=1 | 2 + 2.5 x - 2.5 + 0.875 (x - 1)^2 | | |
| 2080 | * | tan(x) | 3 | x | 0.0175 x + 1.77e-6 x^3 | | |
| 2081 |---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------| | |
| 2082 #+TBLFM: $5=taylor($2,$4,$3);n3 | |
| 2083 @end group | |
| 2084 @end example | |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 @node Hyperlinks, TODO items, Tables, Top | |
| 2087 @chapter Hyperlinks | |
| 2088 @cindex hyperlinks | |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 Just like HTML, Org-mode provides links inside a file, and external | |
| 2091 links to other files, Usenet articles, emails, and much more. | |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 @menu | |
| 2094 * Link format:: How links in Org-mode are formatted | |
| 2095 * Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file | |
| 2096 * External links:: URL-like links to the world | |
| 2097 * Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following | |
| 2098 * Using links outside Org-mode:: Linking from my C source code? | |
| 2099 * Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links | |
| 2100 * Search options:: Linking to a specific location | |
| 2101 * Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough | |
| 2102 * Remember:: Org-trees store quick notes | |
| 2103 @end menu | |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 @node Link format, Internal links, Hyperlinks, Hyperlinks | |
| 2106 @section Link format | |
| 2107 @cindex link format | |
| 2108 @cindex format, of links | |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 Org-mode will recognize plain URL-like links and activate them as | |
| 2111 clickable links. The general link format, however, looks like this: | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 @example | |
| 2114 [[link][description]] @r{or alternatively} [[link]] | |
| 2115 @end example | |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 Once a link in the buffer is complete (all brackets present), Org-mode | |
| 2118 will change the display so that @samp{description} is displayed instead | |
| 2119 of @samp{[[link][description]]} and @samp{link} is displayed instead of | |
| 2120 @samp{[[link]]}. Links will be highlighted in the face @code{org-link}, | |
| 2121 which by default is an underlined face. You can directly edit the | |
| 2122 visible part of a link. Note that this can be either the @samp{link} | |
| 2123 part (if there is no description) or the @samp{description} part. To | |
| 2124 edit also the invisible @samp{link} part, use @kbd{C-c C-l} with the | |
| 2125 cursor on the link. | |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 If you place the cursor at the beginning or just behind the end of the | |
| 2128 displayed text and press @key{BACKSPACE}, you will remove the | |
| 2129 (invisible) bracket at that location. This makes the link incomplete | |
| 2130 and the internals are again displayed as plain text. Inserting the | |
| 2131 missing bracket hides the link internals again. To show the | |
| 2132 internal structure of all links, use the menu entry | |
| 2133 @code{Org->Hyperlinks->Literal links}. | |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 @node Internal links, External links, Link format, Hyperlinks | |
| 2136 @section Internal links | |
| 2137 @cindex internal links | |
| 2138 @cindex links, internal | |
| 2139 @cindex targets, for links | |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 If the link does not look like a URL, it is considered to be internal in | |
| 2142 the current file. Links such as @samp{[[My Target]]} or @samp{[[My | |
| 2143 Target][Find my target]]} lead to a text search in the current file. | |
| 2144 The link can be followed with @kbd{C-c C-o} when the cursor is on the | |
| 2145 link, or with a mouse click (@pxref{Handling links}). The preferred | |
| 2146 match for such a link is a dedicated target: the same string in double | |
| 2147 angular brackets. Targets may be located anywhere; sometimes it is | |
| 2148 convenient to put them into a comment line. For example | |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 @example | |
| 2151 # <<My Target>> | |
| 2152 @end example | |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 @noindent In HTML export (@pxref{HTML export}), such targets will become | |
| 2155 named anchors for direct access through @samp{http} links@footnote{Note | |
| 2156 that text before the first headline is usually not exported, so the | |
| 2157 first such target should be after the first headline.}. | |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 If no dedicated target exists, Org-mode will search for the words in the | |
| 2160 link. In the above example the search would be for @samp{my target}. | |
| 2161 Links starting with a star like @samp{*My Target} restrict the search to | |
| 2162 headlines. When searching, Org-mode will first try an exact match, but | |
| 2163 then move on to more and more lenient searches. For example, the link | |
| 2164 @samp{[[*My Targets]]} will find any of the following: | |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 @example | |
| 2167 ** My targets | |
| 2168 ** TODO my targets are bright | |
| 2169 ** my 20 targets are | |
| 2170 @end example | |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 To insert a link targeting a headline, in-buffer completion can be used. | |
| 2173 Just type a star followed by a few optional letters into the buffer and | |
| 2174 press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}. All headlines in the current buffer will be | |
| 2175 offered as completions. @xref{Handling links}, for more commands | |
| 2176 creating links. | |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 Following a link pushes a mark onto Org-mode's own mark ring. You can | |
| 2179 return to the previous position with @kbd{C-c &}. Using this command | |
| 2180 several times in direct succession goes back to positions recorded | |
| 2181 earlier. | |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 @menu | |
| 2184 * Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text. | |
| 2185 @end menu | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 @node Radio targets, , Internal links, Internal links | |
| 2188 @subsection Radio targets | |
| 2189 @cindex radio targets | |
| 2190 @cindex targets, radio | |
| 2191 @cindex links, radio targets | |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 Org-mode can automatically turn any occurrences of certain target names | |
| 2194 in normal text into a link. So without explicitly creating a link, the | |
| 2195 text connects to the target radioing its position. Radio targets are | |
| 2196 enclosed by triple angular brackets. For example, a target @samp{<<<My | |
| 2197 Target>>>} causes each occurrence of @samp{my target} in normal text to | |
| 2198 become activated as a link. The Org-mode file is scanned automatically | |
| 2199 for radio targets only when the file is first loaded into Emacs. To | |
| 2200 update the target list during editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the | |
| 2201 cursor on or at a target. | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 @node External links, Handling links, Internal links, Hyperlinks | |
| 2204 @section External links | |
| 2205 @cindex links, external | |
| 2206 @cindex external links | |
| 2207 @cindex links, external | |
| 2208 @cindex GNUS links | |
| 2209 @cindex BBDB links | |
| 2210 @cindex URL links | |
| 2211 @cindex file links | |
| 2212 @cindex VM links | |
| 2213 @cindex RMAIL links | |
| 2214 @cindex WANDERLUST links | |
| 2215 @cindex MH-E links | |
| 2216 @cindex USENET links | |
| 2217 @cindex SHELL links | |
| 2218 @cindex Info links | |
| 2219 @cindex elisp links | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 Org-mode supports links to files, websites, Usenet and email messages, | |
| 2222 and BBDB database entries. External links are URL-like locators. They | |
| 2223 start with a short identifying string followed by a colon. There can be | |
| 2224 no space after the colon. The following list shows examples for each | |
| 2225 link type. | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 @example | |
| 2228 http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik @r{on the web} | |
| 2229 file:/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg @r{file, absolute path} | |
| 2230 file:papers/last.pdf @r{file, relative path} | |
| 2231 news:comp.emacs @r{Usenet link} | |
| 2232 mailto:adent@@galaxy.net @r{Mail link} | |
| 2233 vm:folder @r{VM folder link} | |
| 2234 vm:folder#id @r{VM message link} | |
| 2235 vm://myself@@some.where.org/folder#id @r{VM on remote machine} | |
| 2236 wl:folder @r{WANDERLUST folder link} | |
| 2237 wl:folder#id @r{WANDERLUST message link} | |
| 2238 mhe:folder @r{MH-E folder link} | |
| 2239 mhe:folder#id @r{MH-E message link} | |
| 2240 rmail:folder @r{RMAIL folder link} | |
| 2241 rmail:folder#id @r{RMAIL message link} | |
| 2242 gnus:group @r{GNUS group link} | |
| 2243 gnus:group#id @r{GNUS article link} | |
| 2244 bbdb:Richard Stallman @r{BBDB link} | |
| 2245 shell:ls *.org @r{A shell command} | |
| 2246 elisp:(find-file-other-frame "Elisp.org") @r{An elisp form to evaluate} | |
| 2247 @end example | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 A link should be enclosed in double brackets and may contain a | |
| 2250 descriptive text to be displayed instead of the url (@pxref{Link | |
| 2251 format}), for example: | |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 @example | |
| 2254 [[http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][GNU Emacs]] | |
| 2255 @end example | |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 @noindent | |
| 2258 If the description is a file name or URL that points to an image, HTML | |
| 2259 export (@pxref{HTML export}) will inline the image as a clickable | |
| 2260 button. If there is no description at all and the link points to an | |
| 2261 image, | |
| 2262 that image will be inlined into the exported HTML file. | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 @cindex angular brackets, around links | |
| 2265 @cindex plain text external links | |
| 2266 Org-mode also finds external links in the normal text and activates them | |
| 2267 as links. If spaces must be part of the link (for example in | |
| 2268 @samp{bbdb:Richard Stallman}), or if you need to remove ambiguities | |
| 2269 about the end of the link, enclose them in angular brackets. | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 @node Handling links, Using links outside Org-mode, External links, Hyperlinks | |
| 2272 @section Handling links | |
| 2273 @cindex links, handling | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 Org-mode provides methods to create a link in the correct syntax, to | |
| 2276 insert it into an org-mode file, and to follow the link. | |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 @table @kbd | |
| 2279 @kindex C-c l | |
| 2280 @cindex storing links | |
| 2281 @item C-c l | |
| 2282 Store a link to the current location. This is a @emph{global} command | |
| 2283 which can be used in any buffer to create a link. The link will be | |
| 2284 stored for later insertion into an Org-mode buffer (see below). For | |
| 2285 Org-mode files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at the cursor, the link | |
| 2286 points to the target. Otherwise it points to the current headline. For | |
| 2287 VM, RMAIL, WANDERLUST, MH-E, GNUS and BBDB buffers, the link will | |
| 2288 indicate the current article/entry. For W3 and W3M buffers, the link | |
| 2289 goes to the current URL. For any other files, the link will point to | |
| 2290 the file, with a search string (@pxref{Search options}) pointing to the | |
| 2291 contents of the current line. If there is an active region, the | |
| 2292 selected words will form the basis of the search string. If the | |
| 2293 automatically created link is not working correctly or accurately | |
| 2294 enough, you can write custom functions to select the search string and | |
| 2295 to do the search for particular file types - see @ref{Custom searches}. | |
| 2296 The key binding @kbd{C-c l} is only a suggestion - see @ref{Installation}. | |
| 2297 @c | |
| 2298 @kindex C-c C-l | |
| 2299 @cindex link completion | |
| 2300 @cindex completion, of links | |
| 2301 @cindex inserting links | |
| 2302 @item C-c C-l | |
| 2303 Insert a link. This prompts for a link to be inserted into the buffer. | |
| 2304 You can just type a link, using text for an internal link, or one of the | |
| 2305 link type prefixes mentioned in the examples above. All links stored | |
| 2306 during the current session are part of the history for this prompt, so | |
| 2307 you can access them with @key{up} and @key{down}. Completion, on the | |
| 2308 other hand, will help you to insert valid link prefixes like | |
| 2309 @samp{http:} or @samp{ftp:}, including the prefixes defined through link | |
| 2310 abbreviations (@pxref{Link abbreviations}). The link will be inserted | |
| 2311 into the buffer@footnote{After insertion of a stored link, the link will | |
| 2312 be removed from the list of stored links. To keep it in the list later | |
| 2313 use, use a triple @kbd{C-u} prefix to @kbd{C-c C-l}, or configure the | |
| 2314 option @code{org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion}.}, along with a | |
| 2315 descriptive text. If some text was selected when this command is | |
| 2316 called, the selected text becomes the default description.@* Note that | |
| 2317 you don't have to use this command to insert a link. Links in Org-mode | |
| 2318 are plain text, and you can type or paste them straight into the buffer. | |
| 2319 By using this command, the links are automatically enclosed in double | |
| 2320 brackets, and you will be asked for the optional descriptive text. | |
| 2321 @c | |
| 2322 @c If the link is a @samp{file:} link and | |
| 2323 @c the linked file is located in the same directory as the current file or | |
| 2324 @c a subdirectory of it, the path of the file will be inserted relative to | |
| 2325 @c the current directory. | |
| 2326 @c | |
| 2327 @kindex C-u C-c C-l | |
| 2328 @cindex file name completion | |
| 2329 @cindex completion, of file names | |
| 2330 @item C-u C-c C-l | |
| 2331 When @kbd{C-c C-l} is called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, a link to | |
| 2332 a file will be inserted and you may use file name completion to select | |
| 2333 the name of the file. The path to the file is inserted relative to the | |
| 2334 directory of the current org file, if the linked file is in the current | |
| 2335 directory or in a subdirectory of it, or if the path is written relative | |
| 2336 to the current directory using @samp{../}. Otherwise an absolute path | |
| 2337 is used, if possible with @samp{~/} for your home directory. You can | |
| 2338 force an absolute path with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes. | |
| 2339 @c | |
| 2340 @item C-c C-l @r{(with cursor on existing link)} | |
| 2341 When the cursor is on an existing link, @kbd{C-c C-l} allows you to edit the | |
| 2342 link and description parts of the link. | |
| 2343 @c | |
| 2344 @cindex following links | |
| 2345 @kindex C-c C-o | |
| 2346 @item C-c C-o | |
| 2347 Open link at point. This will launch a web browser for URLs (using | |
| 2348 @command{browse-url-at-point}), run vm/mh-e/wanderlust/rmail/gnus/bbdb | |
| 2349 for the corresponding links, and execute the command in a shell link. | |
| 2350 When the cursor is on an internal link, this commands runs the | |
| 2351 corresponding search. When the cursor is on a TAG list in a headline, | |
| 2352 it creates the corresponding TAGS view. If the cursor is on a time | |
| 2353 stamp, it compiles the agenda for that date. Furthermore, it will visit | |
| 2354 text and remote files in @samp{file:} links with Emacs and select a | |
| 2355 suitable application for local non-text files. Classification of files | |
| 2356 is based on file extension only. See option @code{org-file-apps}. If | |
| 2357 you want to override the default application and visit the file with | |
| 2358 Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u} prefix. | |
| 2359 @c | |
| 2360 @kindex mouse-2 | |
| 2361 @kindex mouse-1 | |
| 2362 @item mouse-2 | |
| 2363 @itemx mouse-1 | |
| 2364 On links, @kbd{mouse-2} will open the link just as @kbd{C-c C-o} | |
| 2365 would. Under Emacs 22, also @kbd{mouse-1} will follow a link. | |
| 2366 @c | |
| 2367 @kindex mouse-3 | |
| 2368 @item mouse-3 | |
| 2369 Like @kbd{mouse-2}, but force file links to be opened with Emacs, and | |
| 2370 internal links to be displayed in another window@footnote{See the | |
| 2371 variable @code{org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer}}. | |
| 2372 @c | |
| 2373 @cindex mark ring | |
| 2374 @kindex C-c % | |
| 2375 @item C-c % | |
| 2376 Push the current position onto the mark ring, to be able to return | |
| 2377 easily. Commands following an internal link do this automatically. | |
| 2378 @c | |
| 2379 @cindex links, returning to | |
| 2380 @kindex C-c & | |
| 2381 @item C-c & | |
| 2382 Jump back to a recorded position. A position is recorded by the | |
| 2383 commands following internal links, and by @kbd{C-c %}. Using this | |
| 2384 command several times in direct succession moves through a ring of | |
| 2385 previously recorded positions. | |
| 2386 @c | |
| 2387 @kindex C-c C-x C-n | |
| 2388 @kindex C-c C-x C-p | |
| 2389 @cindex links, finding next/previous | |
| 2390 @item C-c C-x C-n | |
| 2391 @itemx C-c C-x C-p | |
| 2392 Move forward/backward to the next link in the buffer. At the limit of | |
| 2393 the buffer, the search fails once, and then wraps around. The key | |
| 2394 bindings for this are really too long, you might want to bind this also | |
| 2395 to @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} | |
| 2396 @lisp | |
| 2397 (add-hook 'org-load-hook | |
| 2398 (lambda () | |
| 2399 (define-key 'org-mode-map "\C-n" 'org-next-link) | |
| 2400 (define-key 'org-mode-map "\C-p" 'org-previous-link))) | |
| 2401 @end lisp | |
| 2402 @end table | |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 @node Using links outside Org-mode, Link abbreviations, Handling links, Hyperlinks | |
| 2405 @section Using links outside Org-mode | |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 You can insert and follow links that have Org-mode syntax not only in | |
| 2408 Org-mode, but in any Emacs buffer. For this, you should create two | |
| 2409 global commands, like this (please select suitable global keys | |
| 2410 yourself): | |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 @lisp | |
| 2413 (global-set-key "\C-c L" 'org-insert-link-global) | |
| 2414 (global-set-key "\C-c o" 'org-open-at-point-global) | |
| 2415 @end lisp | |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 @node Link abbreviations, Search options, Using links outside Org-mode, Hyperlinks | |
| 2418 @section Link abbreviations | |
| 2419 @cindex link abbreviations | |
| 2420 @cindex abbreviation, links | |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 Long URLs can be cumbersome to type, and often many similar links are | |
| 2423 needed in a document. For this you can use link abbreviations. An | |
| 2424 abbreviated link looks like this | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 @example | |
| 2427 [[linkword:tag][description]] | |
| 2428 @end example | |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 @noindent | |
| 2431 where the tag is optional. Such abbreviations are resolved according to | |
| 2432 the information in the variable @code{org-link-abbrev-alist} that | |
| 2433 relates the linkwords to replacement text. Here is an example: | |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 @lisp | |
| 2436 @group | |
| 2437 (setq org-link-abbrev-alist | |
| 2438 '(("bugzilla" . "http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=") | |
| 2439 ("google" . "http://www.google.com/search?q=") | |
| 2440 ("ads" . "http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/ | |
| 2441 nph-abs_connect?author=%s&db_key=AST"))) | |
| 2442 @end group | |
| 2443 @end lisp | |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 If the replacement text contains the string @samp{%s}, it will be | |
| 2446 replaced with the tag. Otherwise the tag will be appended to the string | |
| 2447 in order to create the link. You may also specify a function that will | |
| 2448 be called with the tag as the only argument to create the link. | |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 With the above setting, you could link to a specific bug with | |
| 2451 @code{[[bugzilla:129]]}, search the web for @samp{OrgMode} with | |
| 2452 @code{[[google:OrgMode]]} and find out what the Org-mode author is | |
| 2453 doing besides Emacs hacking with @code{[[ads:Dominik,C]]}. | |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 If you need special abbreviations just for a single Org-mode buffer, you | |
| 2456 can define them in the file with | |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 @example | |
| 2459 #+LINK: bugzilla http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id= | |
| 2460 #+LINK: google http://www.google.com/search?q=%s | |
| 2461 @end example | |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 @noindent | |
| 2464 In-buffer completion @pxref{Completion} can be used after @samp{[} to | |
| 2465 complete link abbreviations. | |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 @node Search options, Custom searches, Link abbreviations, Hyperlinks | |
| 2468 @section Search options in file links | |
| 2469 @cindex search option in file links | |
| 2470 @cindex file links, searching | |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 File links can contain additional information to make Emacs jump to a | |
| 2473 particular location in the file when following a link. This can be a | |
| 2474 line number or a search option after a double@footnote{For backward | |
| 2475 compatibility, line numbers can also follow a single colon.} colon. For | |
| 2476 example, when the command @kbd{C-c l} creates a link (@pxref{Handling | |
| 2477 links}) to a file, it encodes the words in the current line as a search | |
| 2478 string that can be used to find this line back later when following the | |
| 2479 link with @kbd{C-c C-o}. | |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 Here is the syntax of the different ways to attach a search to a file | |
| 2482 link, together with an explanation: | |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 @example | |
| 2485 [[file:~/code/main.c::255]] | |
| 2486 [[file:~/xx.org::My Target]] | |
| 2487 [[file:~/xx.org::*My Target]] | |
| 2488 [[file:~/xx.org::/regexp/]] | |
| 2489 @end example | |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 @table @code | |
| 2492 @item 255 | |
| 2493 Jump to line 255. | |
| 2494 @item My Target | |
| 2495 Search for a link target @samp{<<My Target>>}, or do a text search for | |
| 2496 @samp{my target}, similar to the search in internal links, see | |
| 2497 @ref{Internal links}. In HTML export (@pxref{HTML export}), such a file | |
| 2498 link will become an HTML reference to the corresponding named anchor in | |
| 2499 the linked file. | |
| 2500 @item *My Target | |
| 2501 In an Org-mode file, restrict search to headlines. | |
| 2502 @item /regexp/ | |
| 2503 Do a regular expression search for @code{regexp}. This uses the Emacs | |
| 2504 command @code{occur} to list all matches in a separate window. If the | |
| 2505 target file is in Org-mode, @code{org-occur} is used to create a | |
| 2506 sparse tree with the matches. | |
| 2507 @c If the target file is a directory, | |
| 2508 @c @code{grep} will be used to search all files in the directory. | |
| 2509 @end table | |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 As a degenerate case, a file link with an empty file name can be used | |
| 2512 to search the current file. For example, @code{[[file:::find me]]} does | |
| 2513 a search for @samp{find me} in the current file, just as | |
| 2514 @samp{[[find me]]} would. | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 @node Custom searches, Remember, Search options, Hyperlinks | |
| 2517 @section Custom Searches | |
| 2518 @cindex custom search strings | |
| 2519 @cindex search strings, custom | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 The default mechanism for creating search strings and for doing the | |
| 2522 actual search related to a file link may not work correctly in all | |
| 2523 cases. For example, BibTeX database files have many entries like | |
| 2524 @samp{year="1993"} which would not result in good search strings, | |
| 2525 because the only unique identification for a BibTeX entry is the | |
| 2526 citation key. | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 If you come across such a problem, you can write custom functions to set | |
| 2529 the right search string for a particular file type, and to do the search | |
| 2530 for the string in the file. Using @code{add-hook}, these functions need | |
| 2531 to be added to the hook variables | |
| 2532 @code{org-create-file-search-functions} and | |
| 2533 @code{org-execute-file-search-functions}. See the docstring for these | |
| 2534 variables for more information. Org-mode actually uses this mechanism | |
| 2535 for Bib@TeX{} database files, and you can use the corresponding code as | |
| 2536 an implementation example. Search for @samp{BibTeX links} in the source | |
| 2537 file. | |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 @node Remember, , Custom searches, Hyperlinks | |
| 2541 @section Remember | |
| 2542 @cindex @file{remember.el} | |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 Another way to create org entries with links to other files is through | |
| 2545 the @i{remember} package by John Wiegley. @i{Remember} lets you store | |
| 2546 quick notes with little interruption of your work flow. See | |
| 2547 @uref{http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/RememberMode} for more | |
| 2548 information. The notes produced by @i{Remember} can be stored in | |
| 2549 different ways, and Org-mode files are a good target. Org-mode | |
| 2550 significantly expands the possibilities of @i{remember}: You may define | |
| 2551 templates for different note types, and to associate target files and | |
| 2552 headlines with specific templates. It also allows you to select the | |
| 2553 location where a note should be stored interactively, on the fly. | |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 @menu | |
| 2556 * Setting up remember:: Some code for .emacs to get things going | |
| 2557 * Remember templates:: Define the outline of different note types | |
| 2558 * Storing notes:: Directly get the note to where it belongs | |
| 2559 @end menu | |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 @node Setting up remember, Remember templates, Remember, Remember | |
| 2562 @subsection Setting up remember | |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 The following customization will tell @i{remember} to use org files as | |
| 2565 target, and to create annotations compatible with Org-mode links. | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 @example | |
| 2568 (setq org-directory "~/path/to/my/orgfiles/") | |
| 2569 (setq org-default-notes-file "~/.notes") | |
| 2570 (setq remember-annotation-functions '(org-remember-annotation)) | |
| 2571 (setq remember-handler-functions '(org-remember-handler)) | |
| 2572 (add-hook 'remember-mode-hook 'org-remember-apply-template) | |
| 2573 @end example | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 @node Remember templates, Storing notes, Setting up remember, Remember | |
| 2576 @subsection Remember templates | |
| 2577 @cindex templates, for remember | |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 In combination with Org-mode, you can use templates to generate | |
| 2580 different types of @i{remember} notes. For example, if you would like | |
| 2581 to use one template to create general TODO entries, another one for | |
| 2582 journal entries, and a third one for collecting random ideas, you could | |
| 2583 use: | |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 @example | |
| 2586 (setq org-remember-templates | |
| 2587 '((?t "* TODO %?\n %i\n %a" "~/org/TODO.org") | |
| 2588 (?j "* %U %?\n\n %i\n %a" "~/org/JOURNAL.org") | |
| 2589 (?i "* %^@{Title@}\n %i\n %a" "~/org/JOURNAL.org" "New Ideas"))) | |
| 2590 @end example | |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 @noindent In these entries, the character specifies how to select the | |
| 2593 template. The first string specifies the template. Two more (optional) | |
| 2594 strings give the file in which, and the headline under which the new | |
| 2595 note should be stored. The file defaults (if not present or @code{nil}) | |
| 2596 to @code{org-default-notes-file}, the heading to | |
| 2597 @code{org-remember-default-headline}. Both defaults help to get to the | |
| 2598 storing location quickly, but you can change the location interactively | |
| 2599 while storing the note. | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 When you call @kbd{M-x remember} (or @kbd{M-x org-remember}) to remember | |
| 2602 something, org will prompt for a key to select the template (if you have | |
| 2603 more than one template) and then prepare the buffer like | |
| 2604 @example | |
| 2605 * TODO | |
| 2606 [[file:link to where you called remember]] | |
| 2607 @end example | |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 @noindent or | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 @example | |
| 2612 * [2006-03-21 Tue 15:37] | |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 [[file:link to where you called remember]] | |
| 2615 @end example | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 @noindent | |
| 2618 During expansion of the template, special @kbd{%}-escapes allow dynamic | |
| 2619 insertion of content: | |
| 2620 @example | |
| 2621 %^@{prompt@} @r{prompt the user for a string and replace this sequence with it.} | |
| 2622 %t @r{time stamp, date only} | |
| 2623 %T @r{time stamp with date and time} | |
| 2624 %u, %U @r{like the above, but inactive time stamps} | |
| 2625 %^t @r{like @code{%t}, but prompt for date. Similarly @code{%^T}, @code{%^u}, @code{%^U}} | |
| 2626 @r{You may define a prompt like @code{%^@{Birthday@}t}} | |
| 2627 %n @r{user name (taken from @code{user-full-name})} | |
| 2628 %a @r{annotation, normally the link created with @code{org-store-link}} | |
| 2629 %i @r{initial content, the region when remember is called with C-u.} | |
| 2630 @r{The entire text will be indented like @code{%i} itself.} | |
| 2631 %^g @r{prompt for tags, with completion on tags in target file.} | |
| 2632 %^G @r{prompt for tags, with completion all tags in all agenda files.} | |
| 2633 %:keyword @r{specific information for certain link types, see below} | |
| 2634 @end example | |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 @noindent | |
| 2637 For specific link types, the following keywords will be defined: | |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 @example | |
| 2640 Link type | Available keywords | |
| 2641 -------------------+---------------------------------------------- | |
| 2642 bbdb | %:name %:company | |
| 2643 vm, wl, mh, rmail | %:type %:subject %:message-id | |
| 2644 | %:from %:fromname %:fromaddress | |
| 2645 | %:to %:toname %:toaddress | |
| 2646 | %:fromto @r{(either "to NAME" or "from NAME")@footnote{This will always be the other, not the user. See the variable @code{org-from-is-user-regexp}.}} | |
| 2647 gnus | %:group, @r{for messages also all email fields} | |
| 2648 w3, w3m | %:url | |
| 2649 info | %:file %:node | |
| 2650 calendar | %:date" | |
| 2651 @end example | |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 @noindent | |
| 2654 To place the cursor after template expansion use: | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 @example | |
| 2657 %? @r{After completing the template, position cursor here.} | |
| 2658 @end example | |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 @noindent | |
| 2661 If you change you mind about which template to use, call | |
| 2662 @code{org-remember} in the remember buffer. You may then select a new | |
| 2663 template that will be filled with the previous context information. | |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 @node Storing notes, , Remember templates, Remember | |
| 2666 @subsection Storing notes | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 When you are finished preparing a note with @i{remember}, you have to press | |
| 2669 @kbd{C-c C-c} to file the note away. The handler first prompts for a | |
| 2670 target file - if you press @key{RET}, the value specified for the | |
| 2671 template is used. Then the command offers the headings tree of the | |
| 2672 selected file, with the cursor position at the default headline (if you | |
| 2673 had specified one in the template). You can either immediately press | |
| 2674 @key{RET} to get the note placed there. Or you can use the following | |
| 2675 keys to find a better location: | |
| 2676 @example | |
| 2677 @key{TAB} @r{Cycle visibility.} | |
| 2678 @key{down} / @key{up} @r{Next/previous visible headline.} | |
| 2679 n / p @r{Next/previous visible headline.} | |
| 2680 f / b @r{Next/previous headline same level.} | |
| 2681 u @r{One level up.} | |
| 2682 @c 0-9 @r{Digit argument.} | |
| 2683 @end example | |
| 2684 @noindent | |
| 2685 Pressing @key{RET} or @key{left} or @key{right} | |
| 2686 then leads to the following result. | |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.15 0.65 | |
| 2689 @item @b{Cursor position} @tab @b{Key} @tab @b{Note gets inserted} | |
| 2690 @item buffer-start @tab @key{RET} @tab as level 2 heading at end of file | |
| 2691 @item on headline @tab @key{RET} @tab as sublevel of the heading at cursor | |
| 2692 @item @tab @key{left}/@key{right} @tab as same level, before/after current heading | |
| 2693 @item not on headline @tab @key{RET} | |
| 2694 @tab at cursor position, level taken from context. | |
| 2695 @end multitable | |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 So a fast way to store the note to its default location is to press | |
| 2698 @kbd{C-c C-c @key{RET} @key{RET}}. Even shorter would be @kbd{C-u C-c | |
| 2699 C-c}, which does the same without even asking for a file or showing the | |
| 2700 tree. | |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 Before inserting the text into a tree, the function ensures that the | |
| 2703 text has a headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a @samp{*}. | |
| 2704 If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and some | |
| 2705 additional data. If the variable @code{org-adapt-indentation} is | |
| 2706 non-nil, the entire text is also indented so that it starts in the | |
| 2707 same column as the headline (after the asterisks). | |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 @node TODO items, Tags, Hyperlinks, Top | |
| 2711 @chapter TODO items | |
| 2712 @cindex TODO items | |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 Org-mode does not maintain TODO lists as a separate document. TODO | |
| 2715 items are an integral part of the notes file, because TODO items | |
| 2716 usually come up while taking notes! With Org-mode, you simply mark | |
| 2717 any entry in a tree as being a TODO item. In this way, the | |
| 2718 information is not duplicated, and the entire context from which the | |
| 2719 item emerged is always present when you check. | |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 Of course, this technique causes TODO items to be scattered throughout | |
| 2722 your file. Org-mode provides methods to give you an overview over all | |
| 2723 things you have to do. | |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 @menu | |
| 2726 * TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries | |
| 2727 * TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments | |
| 2728 * Priorities:: Some things are more important than others | |
| 2729 * Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces | |
| 2730 * Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists | |
| 2731 @end menu | |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 @node TODO basics, TODO extensions, TODO items, TODO items | |
| 2734 @section Basic TODO functionality | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 Any headline can become a TODO item by starting it with the word TODO, | |
| 2737 for example: | |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 @example | |
| 2740 *** TODO Write letter to Sam Fortune | |
| 2741 @end example | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 @noindent | |
| 2744 The most important commands to work with TODO entries are: | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 @table @kbd | |
| 2747 @kindex C-c C-t | |
| 2748 @cindex cycling, of TODO states | |
| 2749 @item C-c C-t | |
| 2750 Rotate the TODO state of the current item among | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 @example | |
| 2753 ,-> (unmarked) -> TODO -> DONE --. | |
| 2754 '--------------------------------' | |
| 2755 @end example | |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 The same rotation can also be done ``remotely'' from the timeline and | |
| 2758 agenda buffers with the @kbd{t} command key (@pxref{Agenda commands}). | |
| 2759 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 2760 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 2761 @item S-@key{right} | |
| 2762 @itemx S-@key{left} | |
| 2763 Select the following/preceding TODO state, similar to cycling. Mostly | |
| 2764 useful if more than two TODO states are possible (@pxref{TODO | |
| 2765 extensions}). | |
| 2766 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 2767 @item C-c C-c | |
| 2768 Use the fast tag interface to quickly and directly select a specific | |
| 2769 TODO state. For this you need to assign keys to TODO state, like this: | |
| 2770 @example | |
| 2771 #+SEQ_TODO: TODO(t) STARTED(s) WAITING(w) | DONE(d) | |
| 2772 @end example | |
| 2773 @noindent See @ref{Per file keywords} and @ref{Setting tags} for more | |
| 2774 information. | |
| 2775 @kindex C-c C-v | |
| 2776 @cindex sparse tree, for TODO | |
| 2777 @item C-c C-v | |
| 2778 View TODO items in a @emph{sparse tree} (@pxref{Sparse trees}). Folds | |
| 2779 the entire buffer, but shows all TODO items and the headings hierarchy | |
| 2780 above them. With prefix arg, search for a specific TODO. You will be | |
| 2781 prompted for the keyword, and you can also give a list of keywords like | |
| 2782 @code{kwd1|kwd2|...}. With numerical prefix N, show the tree for the | |
| 2783 Nth keyword in the variable @code{org-todo-keywords}. With two prefix | |
| 2784 args, find all TODO and DONE entries. | |
| 2785 @kindex C-c a t | |
| 2786 @item C-c a t | |
| 2787 Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all | |
| 2788 agenda files (@pxref{Agenda views}) into a single buffer. The buffer is in | |
| 2789 @code{agenda-mode}, so there are commands to examine and manipulate | |
| 2790 the TODO entries directly from that buffer (@pxref{Agenda commands}). | |
| 2791 @xref{Global TODO list}, for more information. | |
| 2792 @kindex S-M-@key{RET} | |
| 2793 @item S-M-@key{RET} | |
| 2794 Insert a new TODO entry below the current one. | |
| 2795 @end table | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 @node TODO extensions, Priorities, TODO basics, TODO items | |
| 2798 @section Extended use of TODO keywords | |
| 2799 @cindex extended TODO keywords | |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 The default implementation of TODO entries is just two states: TODO and | |
| 2802 DONE. You can use the TODO feature for more complicated things by | |
| 2803 configuring the variable @code{org-todo-keywords}. With special setup, | |
| 2804 the TODO keyword system can work differently in different files. | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 Note that @i{tags} are another way to classify headlines in general and | |
| 2807 TODO items in particular (@pxref{Tags}). | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 @menu | |
| 2810 * Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps | |
| 2811 * TODO types:: I do this, Fred the rest | |
| 2812 * Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way | |
| 2813 * Per file keywords:: Different files, different requirements | |
| 2814 @end menu | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 @node Workflow states, TODO types, TODO extensions, TODO extensions | |
| 2817 @subsection TODO keywords as workflow states | |
| 2818 @cindex TODO workflow | |
| 2819 @cindex workflow states as TODO keywords | |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 You can use TODO keywords to indicate different @emph{sequential} states | |
| 2822 in the process of working on an item, for example@footnote{Changing | |
| 2823 this variable only becomes effective after restarting Org-mode in a | |
| 2824 buffer.}: | |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 @lisp | |
| 2827 (setq org-todo-keywords | |
| 2828 '((sequence "TODO" "FEEDBACK" "VERIFY" "|" "DONE" "DELEGATED"))) | |
| 2829 @end lisp | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 The vertical bar separates the TODO keywords (states that @emph{need | |
| 2832 action}) from the DONE states (which need @emph{no further action}. If | |
| 2833 you don't provide the separator bar, the last state is used as the DONE | |
| 2834 state. | |
| 2835 @cindex completion, of TODO keywords | |
| 2836 With this setup, the command @kbd{C-c C-t} will cycle an entry from TODO | |
| 2837 to FEEDBACK, then to VERIFY, and finally to DONE and DELEGATED. You may | |
| 2838 also use a prefix argument to quickly select a specific state. For | |
| 2839 example @kbd{C-3 C-c C-t} will change the state immediately to VERIFY. | |
| 2840 If you define many keywords, you can use in-buffer completion (see | |
| 2841 @ref{Completion}) to insert these words into the buffer. Changing a | |
| 2842 todo state can be logged with a timestamp, see @ref{Tracking TODO state | |
| 2843 changes} for more information. | |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 @node TODO types, Multiple sets in one file, Workflow states, TODO extensions | |
| 2846 @subsection TODO keywords as types | |
| 2847 @cindex TODO types | |
| 2848 @cindex names as TODO keywords | |
| 2849 @cindex types as TODO keywords | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 The second possibility is to use TODO keywords to indicate different | |
| 2852 @emph{types} of action items. For example, you might want to indicate | |
| 2853 that items are for ``work'' or ``home''. Or, when you work with several | |
| 2854 people on a single project, you might want to assign action items | |
| 2855 directly to persons, by using their names as TODO keywords. This would | |
| 2856 be set up like this: | |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 @lisp | |
| 2859 (setq org-todo-keywords '((type "Fred" "Sara" "Lucy" "|" "DONE"))) | |
| 2860 @end lisp | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 In this case, different keywords do not indicate a sequence, but rather | |
| 2863 different types. So the normal work flow would be to assign a task to a | |
| 2864 person, and later to mark it DONE. Org-mode supports this style by | |
| 2865 adapting the workings of the command @kbd{C-c C-t}@footnote{This is also | |
| 2866 true for the @kbd{t} command in the timeline and agenda buffers.}. When | |
| 2867 used several times in succession, it will still cycle through all names, | |
| 2868 in order to first select the right type for a task. But when you return | |
| 2869 to the item after some time and execute @kbd{C-c C-t} again, it will | |
| 2870 switch from any name directly to DONE. Use prefix arguments or | |
| 2871 completion to quickly select a specific name. You can also review the | |
| 2872 items of a specific TODO type in a sparse tree by using a numeric prefix | |
| 2873 to @kbd{C-c C-v}. For example, to see all things Lucy has to do, you | |
| 2874 would use @kbd{C-3 C-c C-v}. To collect Lucy's items from all agenda | |
| 2875 files into a single buffer, you would use the prefix arg as well when | |
| 2876 creating the global todo list: @kbd{C-3 C-c t}. | |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 @node Multiple sets in one file, Per file keywords, TODO types, TODO extensions | |
| 2879 @subsection Multiple keyword sets in one file | |
| 2880 @cindex todo keyword sets | |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 Sometimes you may want to use different sets of TODO keywords in | |
| 2883 parallel. For example, you may want to have the basic | |
| 2884 @code{TODO}/@code{DONE}, but also a workflow for bug fixing, and a | |
| 2885 separate state indicating that an item has been canceled (so it is not | |
| 2886 DONE, but also does not require action). Your setup would then look | |
| 2887 like this: | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 @lisp | |
| 2890 (setq org-todo-keywords | |
| 2891 '((sequence "TODO" "|" "DONE") | |
| 2892 (sequence "REPORT" "BUG" "KNOWNCAUSE" "|" "FIXED") | |
| 2893 (sequence "|" "CANCELED"))) | |
| 2894 @end lisp | |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 The keywords should all be different, this helps Org-mode to keep track | |
| 2897 of which subsequence should be used for a given entry. In this setup, | |
| 2898 @kbd{C-c C-t} only operates within a subsequence, so it switches from | |
| 2899 @code{DONE} to (nothing) to @code{TODO}, and from @code{FIXED} to | |
| 2900 (nothing) to @code{REPORT}. Therefore you need a mechanism to initially | |
| 2901 select the correct sequence. Besides the obvious ways like typing a | |
| 2902 keyword or using completion, you may also apply the following commands: | |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 @table @kbd | |
| 2905 @kindex C-S-@key{right} | |
| 2906 @kindex C-S-@key{left} | |
| 2907 @item C-S-@key{right} | |
| 2908 @itemx C-S-@key{left} | |
| 2909 These keys jump from one TODO subset to the next. In the above example, | |
| 2910 @kbd{C-S-@key{right}} would jump from @code{TODO} or @code{DONE} to | |
| 2911 @code{REPORT}, and any of the words in the second row to @code{CANCELED}. | |
| 2912 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 2913 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 2914 @item S-@key{right} | |
| 2915 @itemx S-@key{left} | |
| 2916 @kbd{S-@key{<left>}} and @kbd{S-@key{<right>}} and walk through | |
| 2917 @emph{all} keywords from all sets, so for example @kbd{S-@key{<right>}} | |
| 2918 would switch from @code{DONE} to @code{REPORT} in the example above. | |
| 2919 @end table | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 @node Per file keywords, , Multiple sets in one file, TODO extensions | |
| 2922 @subsection Setting up keywords for individual files | |
| 2923 @cindex keyword options | |
| 2924 @cindex per file keywords | |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 It can be very useful to use different aspects of the TODO mechanism in | |
| 2927 different files. For file-local settings, you need to add special lines | |
| 2928 to the file which set the keywords and interpretation for that file | |
| 2929 only. For example, to set one of the two examples discussed above, you | |
| 2930 need one of the following lines, starting in column zero anywhere in the | |
| 2931 file: | |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 @example | |
| 2934 #+SEQ_TODO: TODO FEEDBACK VERIFY | DONE CANCELED | |
| 2935 @end example | |
| 2936 or | |
| 2937 @example | |
| 2938 #+TYP_TODO: Fred Sara Lucy Mike | DONE | |
| 2939 @end example | |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 A setup for using several sets in parallel would be: | |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 @example | |
| 2944 #+SEQ_TODO: TODO | DONE | |
| 2945 #+SEQ_TODO: REPORT BUG KNOWNCAUSE | FIXED | |
| 2946 #+SEQ_TODO: | CANCELED | |
| 2947 @end example | |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 @cindex completion, of option keywords | |
| 2950 @kindex M-@key{TAB} | |
| 2951 @noindent To make sure you are using the correct keyword, type | |
| 2952 @samp{#+} into the buffer and then use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} completion. | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 @cindex DONE, final TODO keyword | |
| 2955 Remember that the keywords after the vertical bar (or the last keyword | |
| 2956 if no bar is there) must always mean that the item is DONE (although you | |
| 2957 may use a different word). After changing one of these lines, use | |
| 2958 @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the line to make the changes | |
| 2959 known to Org-mode@footnote{Org-mode parses these lines only when | |
| 2960 Org-mode is activated after visiting a file. @kbd{C-c C-c} with the | |
| 2961 cursor in a line starting with @samp{#+} is simply restarting Org-mode | |
| 2962 for the current buffer.}. | |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 @node Priorities, Breaking down tasks, TODO extensions, TODO items | |
| 2965 @section Priorities | |
| 2966 @cindex priorities | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 If you use Org-mode extensively to organize your work, you may end up | |
| 2969 with a number of TODO entries so large that you'd like to prioritize | |
| 2970 them. This can be done by placing a @emph{priority cookie} into the | |
| 2971 headline, like this | |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 @example | |
| 2974 *** TODO [#A] Write letter to Sam Fortune | |
| 2975 @end example | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 @noindent | |
| 2978 With its standard setup, Org-mode supports priorities @samp{A}, | |
| 2979 @samp{B}, and @samp{C}. @samp{A} is the highest priority. An entry | |
| 2980 without a cookie is treated as priority @samp{B}. Priorities make a | |
| 2981 difference only in the agenda (@pxref{Weekly/Daily agenda}). | |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 @table @kbd | |
| 2984 @kindex @kbd{C-c ,} | |
| 2985 @item @kbd{C-c ,} | |
| 2986 Set the priority of the current headline. The command prompts for a | |
| 2987 priority character @samp{A}, @samp{B} or @samp{C}. When you press | |
| 2988 @key{SPC} instead, the priority cookie is removed from the headline. | |
| 2989 The priorities can also be changed ``remotely'' from the timeline and | |
| 2990 agenda buffer with the @kbd{,} command (@pxref{Agenda commands}). | |
| 2991 @c | |
| 2992 @kindex S-@key{up} | |
| 2993 @kindex S-@key{down} | |
| 2994 @item S-@key{up} | |
| 2995 @itemx S-@key{down} | |
| 2996 Increase/decrease priority of current headline. Note that these keys | |
| 2997 are also used to modify time stamps (@pxref{Creating timestamps}). | |
| 2998 Furthermore, these keys are also used by CUA-mode (@pxref{Conflicts}). | |
| 2999 @end table | |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 You can change the range of allowed priorities by setting the variables | |
| 3002 @code{org-highest-priority}, @code{org-lowest-priority}, and | |
| 3003 @code{org-default-priority}. For an individual buffer, you may set | |
| 3004 these values (highest, lowest, default) like this (please make sure that | |
| 3005 the highest priority is earlier in the alphabet than the lowest | |
| 3006 priority): | |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 @example | |
| 3009 #+PRIORITIES: A C B | |
| 3010 @end example | |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 @node Breaking down tasks, Checkboxes, Priorities, TODO items | |
| 3013 @section Breaking tasks down into subtasks | |
| 3014 @cindex tasks, breaking down | |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 It is often advisable to break down large tasks into smaller, manageable | |
| 3017 subtasks. You can do this by creating an outline tree below a TODO | |
| 3018 item, with detailed subtasks on the tree@footnote{To keep subtasks out | |
| 3019 of the global TODO list, see the | |
| 3020 @code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels}.}. Another possibility is the use | |
| 3021 of checkboxes to identify (a hierarchy of) a large number of subtasks | |
| 3022 (@pxref{Checkboxes}). | |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 @node Checkboxes, , Breaking down tasks, TODO items | |
| 3026 @section Checkboxes | |
| 3027 @cindex checkboxes | |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 Every item in a plain list (@pxref{Plain lists}) can be made a checkbox | |
| 3030 by starting it with the string @samp{[ ]}. This feature is similar to | |
| 3031 TODO items (@pxref{TODO items}), but more lightweight. Checkboxes are | |
| 3032 not included into the global TODO list, so they are often great to split | |
| 3033 a task into a number of simple steps. Or you can use them in a shopping | |
| 3034 list. To toggle a checkbox, use @kbd{C-c C-c}, or try Piotr Zielinski's | |
| 3035 @file{org-mouse.el}. Here is an example of a checkbox list. | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 @example | |
| 3038 * TODO Organize party [3/6] | |
| 3039 - call people [1/3] | |
| 3040 - [ ] Peter | |
| 3041 - [X] Sarah | |
| 3042 - [ ] Sam | |
| 3043 - [X] order food | |
| 3044 - [ ] think about what music to play | |
| 3045 - [X] talk to the neighbors | |
| 3046 @end example | |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 @cindex statistics, for checkboxes | |
| 3049 @cindex checkbox statistics | |
| 3050 The @samp{[3/6]} and @samp{[1/3]} in the first and second line are | |
| 3051 cookies indicating how many checkboxes are present in this entry, and | |
| 3052 how many of them have been checked off. This can give you an idea on | |
| 3053 how many checkboxes remain, even without opening a folded entry. The | |
| 3054 cookies can be placed into a headline or into (the first line of) a | |
| 3055 plain list item. Each cookie covers all checkboxes structurally below | |
| 3056 that headline/item. You have to insert the cookie yourself by typing | |
| 3057 either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]}. In the first case you get an @samp{n | |
| 3058 out of m} result, in the second case you get information about the | |
| 3059 percentage of checkboxes checked (in the above example, this would be | |
| 3060 @samp{[50%]} and @samp{[33%], respectively}). | |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 @noindent The following commands work with checkboxes: | |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 @table @kbd | |
| 3065 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 3066 @item C-c C-c | |
| 3067 Toggle checkbox at point. With prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, | |
| 3068 which is considered to be an intermediate state. | |
| 3069 @kindex C-c C-x C-b | |
| 3070 @item C-c C-x C-b | |
| 3071 Toggle checkbox at point. | |
| 3072 @itemize @minus | |
| 3073 @item | |
| 3074 If there is an active region, toggle the first checkbox in the region | |
| 3075 and set all remaining boxes to the same status as the first. If you | |
| 3076 want to toggle all boxes in the region independently, use a prefix | |
| 3077 argument. | |
| 3078 @item | |
| 3079 If the cursor is in a headline, toggle checkboxes in the region between | |
| 3080 this headline and the next (so @emph{not} the entire subtree). | |
| 3081 @item | |
| 3082 If there is no active region, just toggle the checkbox at point. | |
| 3083 @end itemize | |
| 3084 @kindex M-S-@key{RET} | |
| 3085 @item M-S-@key{RET} | |
| 3086 Insert a new item with a checkbox. | |
| 3087 This works only if the cursor is already in a plain list item | |
| 3088 (@pxref{Plain lists}). | |
| 3089 @kindex C-c # | |
| 3090 @item C-c # | |
| 3091 Update the checkbox statistics in the current outline entry. When | |
| 3092 called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, update the entire file. Checkbox | |
| 3093 statistic cookies are updated automatically if you toggle checkboxes | |
| 3094 with @kbd{C-c C-c} and make new ones with @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}. If you | |
| 3095 delete boxes or add/change them by hand, use this command to get things | |
| 3096 back into synch. Or simply toggle any checkbox twice with @kbd{C-c C-c}. | |
| 3097 @end table | |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 @node Tags, Properties and columns, TODO items, Top | |
| 3101 @chapter Tags | |
| 3102 @cindex tags | |
| 3103 @cindex headline tagging | |
| 3104 @cindex matching, tags | |
| 3105 @cindex sparse tree, tag based | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 If you wish to implement a system of labels and contexts for | |
| 3108 cross-correlating information, an excellent way is to assign @i{tags} to | |
| 3109 headlines. Org-mode has extensive support for using tags. | |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 Every headline can contain a list of tags, at the end of the headline. | |
| 3112 Tags are normal words containing letters, numbers, @samp{_}, and | |
| 3113 @samp{@@}. Tags must be preceded and followed by a single colon; like | |
| 3114 @samp{:WORK:}. Several tags can be specified like @samp{:WORK:URGENT:}. | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 @menu | |
| 3117 * Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline | |
| 3118 * Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline | |
| 3119 * Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags | |
| 3120 @end menu | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 @node Tag inheritance, Setting tags, Tags, Tags | |
| 3123 @section Tag inheritance | |
| 3124 @cindex inheritance, of tags | |
| 3125 @cindex sublevels, inclusion into tags match | |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 @i{Tags} make use of the hierarchical structure of outline trees. If a | |
| 3128 heading has a certain tag, all subheadings will inherit the tag as | |
| 3129 well. For example, in the list | |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 @example | |
| 3132 * Meeting with the French group :WORK: | |
| 3133 ** Summary by Frank :BOSS:NOTES: | |
| 3134 *** TODO Prepare slides for him :ACTION: | |
| 3135 @end example | |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 @noindent | |
| 3138 the final heading will have the tags @samp{:WORK:}, @samp{:BOSS:}, | |
| 3139 @samp{:NOTES:}, and @samp{:ACTION:}. When executing tag searches and | |
| 3140 Org-mode finds that a certain headline matches the search criterion, it | |
| 3141 will not check any sublevel headline, assuming that these likely also | |
| 3142 match, and that the list of matches can become very long. This may | |
| 3143 not be what you want, however, and you can influence inheritance and | |
| 3144 searching using the variables @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} and | |
| 3145 @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}. | |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 @node Setting tags, Tag searches, Tag inheritance, Tags | |
| 3148 @section Setting tags | |
| 3149 @cindex setting tags | |
| 3150 @cindex tags, setting | |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 @kindex M-@key{TAB} | |
| 3153 Tags can simply be typed into the buffer at the end of a headline. | |
| 3154 After a colon, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} offers completion on tags. There is | |
| 3155 also a special command for inserting tags: | |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 @table @kbd | |
| 3158 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 3159 @item C-c C-c | |
| 3160 @cindex completion, of tags | |
| 3161 Enter new tags for the current headline. Org-mode will either offer | |
| 3162 completion or a special single-key interface for setting tags, see | |
| 3163 below. After pressing @key{RET}, the tags will be inserted and aligned | |
| 3164 to @code{org-tags-column}. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, all | |
| 3165 tags in the current buffer will be aligned to that column, just to make | |
| 3166 things look nice. TAGS are automatically realigned after promotion, | |
| 3167 demotion, and TODO state changes (@pxref{TODO basics}). | |
| 3168 @end table | |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 Org will support tag insertion based on a @emph{list of tags}. By | |
| 3171 default this list is constructed dynamically, containing all tags | |
| 3172 currently used in the buffer. You may also globally specify a hard list | |
| 3173 of tags with the variable @code{org-tag-alist}. Finally you can set | |
| 3174 the default tags for a given file with lines like | |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 @example | |
| 3177 #+TAGS: @@WORK @@HOME @@TENNISCLUB | |
| 3178 #+TAGS: Laptop Car PC Sailboat | |
| 3179 @end example | |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 If you have globally defined your preferred set of tags using the | |
| 3182 variable @code{org-tag-alist}, but would like to use a dynamic tag list | |
| 3183 in a specific file: Just add an empty TAGS option line to that file: | |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 @example | |
| 3186 #+TAGS: | |
| 3187 @end example | |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 The default support method for entering tags is minibuffer completion. | |
| 3190 However, Org-mode also implements a much better method: @emph{fast tag | |
| 3191 selection}. This method allows to select and deselect tags with a | |
| 3192 single key per tag. To function efficiently, you should assign unique | |
| 3193 keys to most tags. This can be done globally with | |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 @lisp | |
| 3196 (setq org-tag-alist '(("@@WORK" . ?w) ("@@HOME" . ?h) ("Laptop" . ?l))) | |
| 3197 @end lisp | |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 @noindent or on a per-file basis with | |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 @example | |
| 3202 #+TAGS: @@WORK(w) @@HOME(h) @@TENNISCLUB(t) Laptop(l) PC(p) | |
| 3203 @end example | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 @noindent | |
| 3206 You can also group together tags that are mutually exclusive. With | |
| 3207 curly braces@footnote{In @code{org-mode-alist} use | |
| 3208 @code{'(:startgroup)} and @code{'(:endgroup)}, respectively. Several | |
| 3209 groups are allowed.} | |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 @example | |
| 3212 #+TAGS: @{ @@WORK(w) @@HOME(h) @@TENNISCLUB(t) @} Laptop(l) PC(p) | |
| 3213 @end example | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 @noindent you indicate that at most one of @samp{@@WORK}, @samp{@@HOME}, | |
| 3216 and @samp{@@TENNISCLUB} should be selected. | |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 @noindent Don't forget to press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor in one of | |
| 3219 these lines to activate any changes. | |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 If at least one tag has a selection key, pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} will | |
| 3222 automatically present you with a special interface, listing inherited | |
| 3223 tags, the tags of the current headline, and a list of all legal tags | |
| 3224 with corresponding keys@footnote{Keys will automatically be assigned to | |
| 3225 tags which have no configured keys.}. In this interface, you can use | |
| 3226 the following keys: | |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 @table @kbd | |
| 3229 @item a-z... | |
| 3230 Pressing keys assigned to tags will add or remove them from the list of | |
| 3231 tags in the current line. Selecting a tag in a group of mutually | |
| 3232 exclusive tags will turn off any other tags from that group. | |
| 3233 @kindex @key{TAB} | |
| 3234 @item @key{TAB} | |
| 3235 Enter a tag in the minibuffer, even if the tag is not in the predefined | |
| 3236 list. You will be able to complete on all tags present in the buffer. | |
| 3237 @kindex @key{SPC} | |
| 3238 @item @key{SPC} | |
| 3239 Clear all tags for this line. | |
| 3240 @kindex @key{RET} | |
| 3241 @item @key{RET} | |
| 3242 Accept the modified set. | |
| 3243 @item C-g | |
| 3244 Abort without installing changes. | |
| 3245 @item q | |
| 3246 If @kbd{q} is not assigned to a tag, it aborts like @kbd{C-g}. | |
| 3247 @item ! | |
| 3248 Turn off groups of mutually exclusive tags. Use this to (as an | |
| 3249 exception) assign several tags from such a group. | |
| 3250 @item C-c | |
| 3251 Toggle auto-exit after the next change (see below). | |
| 3252 If you are using expert mode, the first @kbd{C-c} will display the | |
| 3253 selection window. | |
| 3254 @end table | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 @noindent | |
| 3257 This method lets you assign tags to a headline with very few keys. With | |
| 3258 the above setup, you could clear the current tags and set @samp{@@HOME}, | |
| 3259 @samp{Laptop} and @samp{PC} tags with just the following keys: @kbd{C-c | |
| 3260 C-c @key{SPC} h l p @key{RET}}. Switching from @samp{@@HOME} to | |
| 3261 @samp{@@WORK} would be done with @kbd{C-c C-c w @key{RET}} or | |
| 3262 alternatively with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c w}. Adding the non-predefined tag | |
| 3263 @samp{Sarah} could be done with @kbd{C-c C-c @key{TAB} S a r a h | |
| 3264 @key{RET} @key{RET}}. | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 If you find that most of the time, you need only a single keypress to | |
| 3267 modify your list of tags, set the variable | |
| 3268 @code{org-fast-tag-selection-single-key}. Then you no longer have to | |
| 3269 press @key{RET} to exit fast tag selection - it will immediately exit | |
| 3270 after the first change. If you then occasionally need more keys, press | |
| 3271 @kbd{C-c} to turn off auto-exit for the current tag selection process | |
| 3272 (in effect: start selection with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c} instead of @kbd{C-c | |
| 3273 C-c}). If you set the variable to the value @code{expert}, the special | |
| 3274 window is not even shown for single-key tag selection, it comes up only | |
| 3275 when you press an extra @kbd{C-c}. | |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 @node Tag searches, , Setting tags, Tags | |
| 3278 @section Tag searches | |
| 3279 @cindex tag searches | |
| 3280 @cindex searching for tags | |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 Once a tags system has been set up, it can be used to collect related | |
| 3283 information into special lists. | |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 @table @kbd | |
| 3286 @kindex C-c \ | |
| 3287 @item C-c \ | |
| 3288 Create a sparse tree with all headlines matching a tags search. With a | |
| 3289 @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not a TODO line. | |
| 3290 @kindex C-c a m | |
| 3291 @item C-c a m | |
| 3292 Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files. | |
| 3293 @xref{Matching tags and properties}. | |
| 3294 @kindex C-c a M | |
| 3295 @item C-c a M | |
| 3296 Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but check | |
| 3297 only TODO items and force checking subitems (see variable | |
| 3298 @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). | |
| 3299 @end table | |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 @cindex Boolean logic, for tag searches | |
| 3302 A @i{tags} search string can use Boolean operators @samp{&} for AND and | |
| 3303 @samp{|} for OR. @samp{&} binds more strongly than @samp{|}. | |
| 3304 Parenthesis are currently not implemented. A tag may also be preceded | |
| 3305 by @samp{-}, to select against it, and @samp{+} is syntactic sugar for | |
| 3306 positive selection. The AND operator @samp{&} is optional when @samp{+} | |
| 3307 or @samp{-} is present. Examples: | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 @table @samp | |
| 3310 @item +WORK-BOSS | |
| 3311 Select headlines tagged @samp{:WORK:}, but discard those also tagged | |
| 3312 @samp{:BOSS:}. | |
| 3313 @item WORK|LAPTOP | |
| 3314 Selects lines tagged @samp{:WORK:} or @samp{:LAPTOP:}. | |
| 3315 @item WORK|LAPTOP&NIGHT | |
| 3316 Like before, but require the @samp{:LAPTOP:} lines to be tagged also | |
| 3317 @samp{NIGHT}. | |
| 3318 @end table | |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 @cindex TODO keyword matching, with tags search | |
| 3321 If you are using multi-state TODO keywords (@pxref{TODO extensions}), it | |
| 3322 can be useful to also match on the TODO keyword. This can be done by | |
| 3323 adding a condition after a slash to a tags match. The syntax is similar | |
| 3324 to the tag matches, but should be applied with consideration: For | |
| 3325 example, a positive selection on several TODO keywords can not | |
| 3326 meaningfully be combined with boolean AND. However, @emph{negative | |
| 3327 selection} combined with AND can be meaningful. To make sure that only | |
| 3328 lines are checked that actually have any TODO keyword, use @kbd{C-c a | |
| 3329 M}, or equivalently start the todo part after the slash with @samp{!}. | |
| 3330 Examples: | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 @table @samp | |
| 3333 @item WORK/WAITING | |
| 3334 Select @samp{:WORK:}-tagged TODO lines with the specific TODO | |
| 3335 keyword @samp{WAITING}. | |
| 3336 @item WORK/!-WAITING-NEXT | |
| 3337 Select @samp{:WORK:}-tagged TODO lines that are neither @samp{WAITING} | |
| 3338 nor @samp{NEXT} | |
| 3339 @item WORK/+WAITING|+NEXT | |
| 3340 Select @samp{:WORK:}-tagged TODO lines that are either @samp{WAITING} or | |
| 3341 @samp{NEXT}. | |
| 3342 @end table | |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 @cindex regular expressions, with tags search | |
| 3345 Any element of the tag/todo match can be a regular expression - in this | |
| 3346 case it must be enclosed in curly braces. For example, | |
| 3347 @samp{WORK+@{^BOSS.*@}} matches headlines that contain the tag | |
| 3348 @samp{WORK} and any tag @i{starting} with @samp{BOSS}. | |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 @cindex level, require for tags match | |
| 3351 You can also require a headline to be of a certain level, by writing | |
| 3352 instead of any TAG an expression like @samp{LEVEL=3}. For example, a | |
| 3353 search @samp{+LEVEL=3+BOSS/-DONE} lists all level three headlines that | |
| 3354 have the tag BOSS and are @emph{not} marked with the todo keyword DONE. | |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 @node Properties and columns, Timestamps, Tags, Top | |
| 3357 @chapter Properties and Columns | |
| 3358 @cindex properties | |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 Properties are a set of key-value pairs associated with an entry. There | |
| 3361 are two main applications for properties in Org-mode. First, properties | |
| 3362 are like tags, but with a value. For example, in a file where you | |
| 3363 document bugs and plan releases of a piece of software, instead of using | |
| 3364 tags like @code{:release_1:}, @code{:release_2:}, it can be more | |
| 3365 efficient to use a property @code{RELEASE} with a value @code{1.0} or | |
| 3366 @code{2.0}. Second, you can use properties to implement (very basic) | |
| 3367 database capabilities in an Org-mode buffer, for example to create a | |
| 3368 list of Music CD's you own. You can edit and view properties | |
| 3369 conveniently in column view (@pxref{Column view}). | |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 @menu | |
| 3372 * Property syntax:: How properties are spelled out | |
| 3373 * Special properties:: Access to other Org-mode features | |
| 3374 * Property searches:: Matching property values | |
| 3375 * Column view:: Tabular viewing and editing | |
| 3376 * Property API:: Properties for Lisp programmers | |
| 3377 @end menu | |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 @node Property syntax, Special properties, Properties and columns, Properties and columns | |
| 3380 @section Property Syntax | |
| 3381 @cindex property syntax | |
| 3382 @cindex drawer, for properties | |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 Properties are key-value pairs. They need to be inserted into a special | |
| 3385 drawer (@pxref{Drawers}) with the name @code{PROPERTIES}. Each property | |
| 3386 is specified on a single line, with the key (surrounded by colons) | |
| 3387 first, and the value after it. Here is an example: | |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 @example | |
| 3390 * CD collection | |
| 3391 ** Classic | |
| 3392 *** Goldberg Variations | |
| 3393 :PROPERTIES: | |
| 3394 :Title: Goldberg Variations | |
| 3395 :Composer: J.S. Bach | |
| 3396 :Artist: Glen Gould | |
| 3397 :Publisher: Deutsche Grammphon | |
| 3398 :NDisks: 1 | |
| 3399 :END: | |
| 3400 @end example | |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 You may define the allowed values for a particular property @samp{XYZ} | |
| 3403 by setting a property @samp{XYZ_ALL}. This special property is | |
| 3404 @emph{inherited}, so if you set it in a level 1 entry, it will apply to | |
| 3405 the entire tree. When allowed values are defined, setting the | |
| 3406 corresponding property becomes easier and is less prone to typing | |
| 3407 errors. For the example with the CD collection, we can predefine | |
| 3408 publishers and the number of disks in a box like this: | |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 @example | |
| 3411 * CD collection | |
| 3412 :PROPERTIES: | |
| 3413 :NDisks_ALL: 1 2 3 4 | |
| 3414 :Publisher_ALL: "Deutsche Grammophon" Phillips EMI | |
| 3415 :END: | |
| 3416 @end example | |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 If you want to set properties that can be inherited by any entry in a | |
| 3419 file, use a line like | |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 @example | |
| 3422 #+PROPERTY: NDisks_ALL 1 2 3 4 | |
| 3423 @end example | |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 Property values set with the global variable | |
| 3426 @code{org-global-properties} can be inherited by all entries in all | |
| 3427 Org-mode files. | |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 @noindent | |
| 3430 The following commands help to work with properties: | |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 @table @kbd | |
| 3433 @kindex M-@key{TAB} | |
| 3434 @item M-@key{TAB} | |
| 3435 After an initial colon in a line, complete property keys. All keys used | |
| 3436 in the current file will be offered as possible completions. | |
| 3437 @item M-x org-insert-property-drawer | |
| 3438 Insert a property drawer into the current entry. The drawer will be | |
| 3439 inserted early in the entry, but after the lines with planning | |
| 3440 information like deadlines. | |
| 3441 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 3442 @item C-c C-c | |
| 3443 With the cursor in a property drawer, this executes property commands. | |
| 3444 @item C-c C-c s | |
| 3445 Set a property in the current entry. Both the property and the value | |
| 3446 can be inserted using completion. | |
| 3447 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 3448 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 3449 @item S-@key{left}/@key{right} | |
| 3450 Switch property at point to the next/previous allowed value. | |
| 3451 @item C-c C-c d | |
| 3452 Remove a property from the current entry. | |
| 3453 @item C-c C-c D | |
| 3454 Globally remove a property, from all entries in the current file. | |
| 3455 @end table | |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 @node Special properties, Property searches, Property syntax, Properties and columns | |
| 3458 @section Special Properties | |
| 3459 @cindex properties, special | |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 Special properties provide alternative access method to Org-mode | |
| 3462 features discussed in the previous chapters, like the TODO state or the | |
| 3463 priority of an entry. This interface exists so that you can include | |
| 3464 these states into columns view (@pxref{Column view}). The following | |
| 3465 property names are special and should not be used as keys in the | |
| 3466 properties drawer: | |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 @example | |
| 3469 TODO @r{The TODO keyword of the entry.} | |
| 3470 TAGS @r{The tags defined directly in the headline.} | |
| 3471 ALLTAGS @r{All tags, including inherited ones.} | |
| 3472 PRIORITY @r{The priority of the entry, a string with a single letter.} | |
| 3473 DEADLINE @r{The deadline time string, without the angular brackets.} | |
| 3474 SCHEDULED @r{The scheduling time stamp, without the angular brackets.} | |
| 3475 @end example | |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 @node Property searches, Column view, Special properties, Properties and columns | |
| 3478 @section Property searches | |
| 3479 @cindex properties, searching | |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 To create sparse trees and special lists with selection based on | |
| 3482 properties, the same commands are used as for tag searches (@pxref{Tag | |
| 3483 searches}), and the same logic applies. For example, a search string | |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 @example | |
| 3486 +WORK-BOSS+PRIORITY="A"+coffee="unlimited"+with=@{Sarah\|Denny@} | |
| 3487 @end example | |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 @noindent | |
| 3490 finds entries tagged @samp{:WORK:} but not @samp{:BOSS:}, which | |
| 3491 also have a priority value @samp{A}, a @samp{:coffee:} property with the | |
| 3492 value @samp{unlimited}, and a @samp{:with:} property that is matched by | |
| 3493 the regular expression @samp{Sarah\|Denny}. | |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 @node Column view, Property API, Property searches, Properties and columns | |
| 3496 @section Column View | |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 A great way to view and edit properties in an outline tree is | |
| 3499 @emph{column view}. In column view, each outline item is turned into a | |
| 3500 table row. Columns in this table provide access to properties of the | |
| 3501 entries. Org-mode implements columns by overlaying a tabular structure | |
| 3502 over the headline of each item. While the headlines have been turned | |
| 3503 into a table row, you can still change the visibility of the outline | |
| 3504 tree. For example, you get a compact table by switching to CONTENTS | |
| 3505 view (@kbd{S-@key{TAB} S-@key{TAB}}, or simply @kbd{c} while column view | |
| 3506 is active), but you can still open, read, and edit the entry below each | |
| 3507 headline. Or, you can switch to column view after executing a sparse | |
| 3508 tree command and in this way get a table only for the selected items. | |
| 3509 Column view also works in agenda buffers (@pxref{Agenda views}) where | |
| 3510 queries have collected selected items, possibly from a number of files. | |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 @menu | |
| 3513 * Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property | |
| 3514 * Using column view:: How to create and use column view | |
| 3515 @end menu | |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 @node Defining columns, Using column view, Column view, Column view | |
| 3518 @subsection Defining Columns | |
| 3519 @cindex column view, for properties | |
| 3520 @cindex properties, column view | |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 Setting up a column view first requires defining the columns. This is | |
| 3523 done by defining a column format line. | |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 @menu | |
| 3526 * Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid? | |
| 3527 * Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column | |
| 3528 @end menu | |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 @node Scope of column definitions, Column attributes, Defining columns, Defining columns | |
| 3531 @subsubsection Scope of column definitions | |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 To define a column format for an entire file, use a line like | |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 @example | |
| 3536 #+COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO | |
| 3537 @end example | |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 To specify a format that only applies to a specific tree, add a COLUMNS | |
| 3540 property to the top node of that tree, for example | |
| 3541 @example | |
| 3542 ** Top node for columns view | |
| 3543 :PROPERTIES: | |
| 3544 :COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO | |
| 3545 :END: | |
| 3546 @end example | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 If a @code{COLUMNS} property is present in an entry, it defines columns | |
| 3549 for the entry itself, and for the entire subtree below it. Since the | |
| 3550 column definition is part of the hierarchical structure of the document, | |
| 3551 you can define columns on level 1 that are general enough for all | |
| 3552 sublevels, and more specific columns further down, when you edit a | |
| 3553 deeper part of the tree. | |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 @node Column attributes, , Scope of column definitions, Defining columns | |
| 3556 @subsubsection Column attributes | |
| 3557 A column definition sets the attributes of a column. The general | |
| 3558 definition looks like this: | |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 @example | |
| 3561 %[width]property[(title)][@{summary-type@}] | |
| 3562 @end example | |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 @noindent | |
| 3565 Except for the percent sign and the property name, all items are | |
| 3566 optional. The individual parts have the following meaning: | |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 @example | |
| 3569 width @r{An integer specifying the width of the column in characters.} | |
| 3570 @r{If omitted, the width will be determined automatically.} | |
| 3571 property @r{The property that should be edited in this column.} | |
| 3572 (title) @r{The header text for the column. If omitted, the} | |
| 3573 @r{property name is used.} | |
| 3574 @{summary-type@} @r{The summary type. If specified, the column values for} | |
| 3575 @r{parent nodes are computed from the children.} | |
| 3576 @r{Supported summary types are:} | |
| 3577 @{+@} @r{Sum numbers in this column.} | |
| 3578 @{:@} @r{Sum times, HH:MM:SS, plain numbers are hours.} | |
| 3579 @{X@} @r{Checkbox status, [X] if all children are [X].} | |
| 3580 @end example | |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 @noindent | |
| 3583 Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with allowed | |
| 3584 values. | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 @example | |
| 3587 :COLUMNS: %20ITEM %9Approved(Approved?)@{X@} %Owner %11Status %10Time_Spent@{:@} | |
| 3588 :Owner_ALL: Tammy Mark Karl Lisa Don | |
| 3589 :Status_ALL: "In progress" "Not started yet" "Finished" "" | |
| 3590 :Approved_ALL: "[ ]" "[X]" | |
| 3591 @end example | |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 The first column, @samp{%25ITEM}, means the first 25 characters of the | |
| 3594 item itself, i.e. of the headline. You probably always should start the | |
| 3595 column definition with the ITEM specifier. The other specifiers create | |
| 3596 columns @samp{Owner} with a list of names as allowed values, for | |
| 3597 @samp{Status} with four different possible values, and for a checkbox | |
| 3598 field @samp{Approved}. When no width is given after the @samp{%} | |
| 3599 character, the column will be exactly as wide as it needs to be in order | |
| 3600 to fully display all values. The @samp{Approved} column does have a | |
| 3601 modified title (@samp{Approved?}, with a question mark). Summaries will | |
| 3602 be created for the @samp{Time_Spent} column by adding time duration | |
| 3603 expressions like HH:MM, and for the @samp{Approved} column, by providing | |
| 3604 an @samp{[X]} status if all children have been checked. | |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 @node Using column view, , Defining columns, Column view | |
| 3607 @subsection Using Column View | |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 @table @kbd | |
| 3610 @tsubheading{Turning column view on and off} | |
| 3611 @kindex C-c C-x C-c | |
| 3612 @item C-c C-x C-c | |
| 3613 Create the column view for the local environment. This command searches | |
| 3614 the hierarchy, up from point, for a @code{COLUMNS} property that defines | |
| 3615 a format. When one is found, the column view table is established for | |
| 3616 the entire tree, starting from the entry that contains the @code{COLUMNS} | |
| 3617 property. If none is found, the format is taken from the @code{#+COLUMNS} | |
| 3618 line or from the variable @code{org-columns-default-format}, and column | |
| 3619 view is established for the current entry and its subtree. | |
| 3620 @kindex q | |
| 3621 @item q | |
| 3622 Exit column view. | |
| 3623 @tsubheading{Editing values} | |
| 3624 @item @key{left} @key{right} @key{up} @key{down} | |
| 3625 Move through the column view from field to field. | |
| 3626 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 3627 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 3628 @item S-@key{left}/@key{right} | |
| 3629 Switch to the next/previous allowed value of the field. For this, you | |
| 3630 have to have specified allowed values for a property. | |
| 3631 @kindex n | |
| 3632 @kindex p | |
| 3633 @itemx n / p | |
| 3634 Same as @kbd{S-@key{left}/@key{right}} | |
| 3635 @kindex e | |
| 3636 @item e | |
| 3637 Edit the property at point. For the special properties, this will | |
| 3638 invoke the same interface that you normally use to change that | |
| 3639 property. For example, when editing a TAGS property, the tag completion | |
| 3640 or fast selection interface will pop up. | |
| 3641 @kindex v | |
| 3642 @item v | |
| 3643 View the full value of this property. This is useful if the width of | |
| 3644 the column is smaller than that of the value. | |
| 3645 @kindex a | |
| 3646 @item a | |
| 3647 Edit the list of allowed values for this property. If the list is found | |
| 3648 in the hierarchy, the modified values is stored there. If no list is | |
| 3649 found, the new value is stored in the first entry that is part of the | |
| 3650 current column view. | |
| 3651 @tsubheading{Modifying the table structure} | |
| 3652 @kindex < | |
| 3653 @kindex > | |
| 3654 @item < / > | |
| 3655 Make the column narrower/wider by one character. | |
| 3656 @kindex S-M-@key{right} | |
| 3657 @item S-M-@key{right} | |
| 3658 Insert a new column, to the right of the current column. | |
| 3659 @kindex S-M-@key{left} | |
| 3660 @item S-M-@key{left} | |
| 3661 Delete the current column. | |
| 3662 @end table | |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 @node Property API, , Column view, Properties and columns | |
| 3665 @section The Property API | |
| 3666 @cindex properties, API | |
| 3667 @cindex API, for properties | |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 There is a full API for accessing and changing properties. This API can | |
| 3670 be used by Emacs Lisp programs to work with properties and to implement | |
| 3671 features based on them. For more information see @ref{Using the | |
| 3672 property API}. | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 @node Timestamps, Agenda views, Properties and columns, Top | |
| 3675 @chapter Timestamps | |
| 3676 @cindex time stamps | |
| 3677 @cindex date stamps | |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 Items can be labeled with timestamps to make them useful for project | |
| 3680 planning. | |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 @menu | |
| 3683 * Time stamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry | |
| 3684 * Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps | |
| 3685 * Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work | |
| 3686 * Progress logging:: Documenting when what work was done. | |
| 3687 @end menu | |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 @node Time stamps, Creating timestamps, Timestamps, Timestamps | |
| 3691 @section Time stamps, deadlines and scheduling | |
| 3692 @cindex time stamps | |
| 3693 @cindex ranges, time | |
| 3694 @cindex date stamps | |
| 3695 @cindex deadlines | |
| 3696 @cindex scheduling | |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 A time stamp is a specification of a date (possibly with time or a range | |
| 3699 of times) in a special format, either @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue>} or | |
| 3700 @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 09:39>} or @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue | |
| 3701 12:00-12:30>}@footnote{This is the standard ISO date/time format. If | |
| 3702 you cannot get used to these, see @ref{Custom time format}}. A time | |
| 3703 stamp can appear anywhere in the headline or body of an org-tree entry. | |
| 3704 Its presence causes entries to be shown on specific dates in the agenda | |
| 3705 (@pxref{Weekly/Daily agenda}). We distinguish: | |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 @table @var | |
| 3708 @item Plain time stamp | |
| 3709 @cindex timestamp | |
| 3710 A simple time stamp just assigns a date/time to an item. This is just | |
| 3711 like writing down an appointment in a paper agenda, or like writing down | |
| 3712 an event in a diary, when you want to take note of when something | |
| 3713 happened. In the timeline and agenda displays, the headline of an entry | |
| 3714 associated with a plain time stamp will be shown exactly on that date. | |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 @example | |
| 3717 * Meet Peter at the movies <2006-11-01 Wed 19:15> | |
| 3718 * Discussion on climate change <2006-11-02 Thu 20:00-22:00> | |
| 3719 @end example | |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 @item Time stamp with repeater interval | |
| 3722 @cindex timestamp, with repeater interval | |
| 3723 A time stamp may contain a @emph{repeater interval}, indicating that it | |
| 3724 applies not only on the given date, but again and again after a certain | |
| 3725 interval of N days (d), weeks (w), months(m), or years(y). The | |
| 3726 following will show up in the agenda every Wednesday: | |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 @example | |
| 3729 * Pick up Sam at school <2007-05-16 Wed 12:30 +1w> | |
| 3730 @end example | |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 @item Diary-style sexp entries | |
| 3733 For more complex date specifications, Org-mode supports using the | |
| 3734 special sexp diary entries implemented in the Emacs calendar/diary | |
| 3735 package. For example | |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 @example | |
| 3738 * The nerd meeting on every 2nd Thursday of the month | |
| 3739 <%%(diary-float t 4 2)> | |
| 3740 @end example | |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 @item Time/Date range | |
| 3743 @cindex timerange | |
| 3744 @cindex date range | |
| 3745 Two time stamps connected by @samp{--} denote a range. The headline | |
| 3746 will be shown on the first and last day of the range, and on any dates | |
| 3747 that are displayed and fall in the range. Here is an example: | |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 @example | |
| 3750 ** Meeting in Amsterdam | |
| 3751 <2004-08-23 Mon>--<2004-08-26 Thu> | |
| 3752 @end example | |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 @item Inactive time stamp | |
| 3755 @cindex timestamp, inactive | |
| 3756 @cindex inactive timestamp | |
| 3757 Just like a plain time stamp, but with square brackets instead of | |
| 3758 angular ones. These time stamps are inactive in the sense that they do | |
| 3759 @emph{not} trigger an entry to show up in the agenda. | |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 @example | |
| 3762 * Gillian comes late for the fifth time [2006-11-01 Wed] | |
| 3763 @end example | |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 @end table | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 @node Creating timestamps, Deadlines and scheduling, Time stamps, Timestamps | |
| 3768 @section Creating timestamps | |
| 3769 @cindex creating timestamps | |
| 3770 @cindex timestamps, creating | |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 For Org-mode to recognize time stamps, they need to be in the specific | |
| 3773 format. All commands listed below produce time stamps in the correct | |
| 3774 format. | |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 @table @kbd | |
| 3777 @kindex C-c . | |
| 3778 @item C-c . | |
| 3779 Prompt for a date and insert a corresponding time stamp. When the | |
| 3780 cursor is at a previously used time stamp, it is updated to NOW. When | |
| 3781 this command is used twice in succession, a time range is inserted. | |
| 3782 @c | |
| 3783 @kindex C-u C-c . | |
| 3784 @item C-u C-c . | |
| 3785 Like @kbd{C-c .}, but use the alternative format which contains date | |
| 3786 and time. The default time can be rounded to multiples of 5 minutes, | |
| 3787 see the option @code{org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes}. | |
| 3788 @c | |
| 3789 @kindex C-c ! | |
| 3790 @item C-c ! | |
| 3791 Like @kbd{C-c .}, but insert an inactive time stamp that will not cause | |
| 3792 an agenda entry. | |
| 3793 @c | |
| 3794 @kindex C-c < | |
| 3795 @item C-c < | |
| 3796 Insert a time stamp corresponding to the cursor date in the Calendar. | |
| 3797 @c | |
| 3798 @kindex C-c > | |
| 3799 @item C-c > | |
| 3800 Access the Emacs calendar for the current date. If there is a | |
| 3801 timestamp in the current line, goto the corresponding date | |
| 3802 instead. | |
| 3803 @c | |
| 3804 @kindex C-c C-o | |
| 3805 @item C-c C-o | |
| 3806 Access the agenda for the date given by the time stamp or -range at | |
| 3807 point (@pxref{Weekly/Daily agenda}). | |
| 3808 @c | |
| 3809 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 3810 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 3811 @item S-@key{left} | |
| 3812 @itemx S-@key{right} | |
| 3813 Change date at cursor by one day. These key bindings conflict with | |
| 3814 CUA-mode (@pxref{Conflicts}). | |
| 3815 @c | |
| 3816 @kindex S-@key{up} | |
| 3817 @kindex S-@key{down} | |
| 3818 @item S-@key{up} | |
| 3819 @itemx S-@key{down} | |
| 3820 Change the item under the cursor in a timestamp. The cursor can be on a | |
| 3821 year, month, day, hour or minute. Note that if the cursor is in a | |
| 3822 headline and not at a time stamp, these same keys modify the priority of | |
| 3823 an item. (@pxref{Priorities}). The key bindings also conflict with | |
| 3824 CUA-mode (@pxref{Conflicts}). | |
| 3825 @c | |
| 3826 @kindex C-c C-y | |
| 3827 @cindex evaluate time range | |
| 3828 @item C-c C-y | |
| 3829 Evaluate a time range by computing the difference between start and | |
| 3830 end. With prefix arg, insert result after the time range (in a table: | |
| 3831 into the following column). | |
| 3832 @end table | |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 @menu | |
| 3836 * The date/time prompt:: How org-mode helps you entering date and time | |
| 3837 * Custom time format:: Making dates look differently | |
| 3838 @end menu | |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 @node The date/time prompt, Custom time format, Creating timestamps, Creating timestamps | |
| 3841 @subsection The date/time prompt | |
| 3842 @cindex date, reading in minibuffer | |
| 3843 @cindex time, reading in minibuffer | |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 When Org-mode prompts for a date/time, the prompt suggests to enter an | |
| 3846 ISO date. But it will in fact accept any string containing some date | |
| 3847 and/or time information. You can, for example, use @kbd{C-y} to paste a | |
| 3848 (possibly multi-line) string copied from an email message. Org-mode | |
| 3849 will find whatever information is in there and will replace anything not | |
| 3850 specified with the current date and time. For example: | |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 @example | |
| 3853 3-2-5 --> 2003-02-05 | |
| 3854 feb 15 --> currentyear-02-15 | |
| 3855 sep 12 9 --> 2009-09-12 | |
| 3856 12:45 --> today 12:45 | |
| 3857 22 sept 0:34 --> currentyear-09-22 0:34 | |
| 3858 12 --> currentyear-currentmonth-12 | |
| 3859 Fri --> nearest Friday (today or later) | |
| 3860 +4 --> 4 days from now (if +N is the only thing given) | |
| 3861 @end example | |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 The function understands English month and weekday abbreviations. If | |
| 3864 you want to use unabbreviated names and/or other languages, configure | |
| 3865 the variables @code{parse-time-months} and @code{parse-time-weekdays}. | |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 @cindex calendar, for selecting date | |
| 3868 Parallel to the minibuffer prompt, a calendar is popped up@footnote{If | |
| 3869 you don't need/want the calendar, configure the variable | |
| 3870 @code{org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt}.}. When you exit the date | |
| 3871 prompt, either by clicking on a date in the calendar, or by pressing | |
| 3872 @key{RET}, the date selected in the calendar will be combined with the | |
| 3873 information entered at the prompt. You can control the calendar fully | |
| 3874 from the minibuffer: | |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 @table @kbd | |
| 3877 @kindex < | |
| 3878 @item < | |
| 3879 Scroll calendar backwards by one month. | |
| 3880 @kindex > | |
| 3881 @item > | |
| 3882 Scroll calendar forwards by one month. | |
| 3883 @kindex mouse-1 | |
| 3884 @item mouse-1 | |
| 3885 Select date by clicking on it. | |
| 3886 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 3887 @item S-@key{right} | |
| 3888 One day forward. | |
| 3889 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 3890 @item S-@key{left} | |
| 3891 One day back. | |
| 3892 @kindex S-@key{down} | |
| 3893 @item S-@key{down} | |
| 3894 One week forward. | |
| 3895 @kindex S-@key{up} | |
| 3896 @item S-@key{up} | |
| 3897 One week back. | |
| 3898 @kindex M-S-@key{right} | |
| 3899 @item M-S-@key{right} | |
| 3900 One month forward. | |
| 3901 @kindex M-S-@key{left} | |
| 3902 @item M-S-@key{left} | |
| 3903 One month back. | |
| 3904 @kindex @key{RET} | |
| 3905 @item @key{RET} | |
| 3906 Choose date in calendar (only if nothing was typed into minibuffer). | |
| 3907 @end table | |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 @node Custom time format, , The date/time prompt, Creating timestamps | |
| 3910 @subsection Custom time format | |
| 3911 @cindex custom date/time format | |
| 3912 @cindex time format, custom | |
| 3913 @cindex date format, custom | |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 Org-mode uses the standard ISO notation for dates and times as it is | |
| 3916 defined in ISO 8601. If you cannot get used to this and require another | |
| 3917 representation of date and time to keep you happy, you can get it by | |
| 3918 customizing the variables @code{org-display-custom-times} and | |
| 3919 @code{org-time-stamp-custom-formats}. | |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 @table @kbd | |
| 3922 @kindex C-c C-x C-t | |
| 3923 @item C-c C-x C-t | |
| 3924 Toggle the display of custom formats for dates and times. | |
| 3925 @end table | |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 @noindent | |
| 3928 Org-mode needs the default format for scanning, so the custom date/time | |
| 3929 format does not @emph{replace} the default format - instead it is put | |
| 3930 @emph{over} the default format using text properties. This has the | |
| 3931 following consequences: | |
| 3932 @itemize @bullet | |
| 3933 @item | |
| 3934 You cannot place the cursor onto a time stamp anymore, only before or | |
| 3935 after. | |
| 3936 @item | |
| 3937 The @kbd{S-@key{up}/@key{down}} keys can no longer be used to adjust | |
| 3938 each component of a time stamp. If the cursor is at the beginning of | |
| 3939 the stamp, @kbd{S-@key{up}/@key{down}} will change the stamp by one day, | |
| 3940 just like @kbd{S-@key{left}/@key{right}}. At the end of the stamp, the | |
| 3941 time will be changed by one minute. | |
| 3942 @item | |
| 3943 If the time stamp contains a range of clock times or a repeater, these | |
| 3944 will not be overlayed, but remain in the buffer as they were. | |
| 3945 @item | |
| 3946 When you delete a time stamp character-by-character, it will only | |
| 3947 disappear from the buffer after @emph{all} (invisible) characters | |
| 3948 belonging to the ISO timestamp have been removed. | |
| 3949 @item | |
| 3950 If the custom time stamp format is longer than the default and you are | |
| 3951 using dates in tables, table alignment will be messed up. If the custom | |
| 3952 format is shorter, things do work as expected. | |
| 3953 @end itemize | |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 @node Deadlines and scheduling, Progress logging, Creating timestamps, Timestamps | |
| 3957 @section Deadlines and Scheduling | |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 A time stamp may be preceded by special keywords to facilitate planning | |
| 3960 of work: | |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 @table @var | |
| 3963 @item DEADLINE | |
| 3964 @cindex DEADLINE keyword | |
| 3965 The task (most likely a TODO item) is supposed to be finished on that | |
| 3966 date, and it will be listed then. In addition, the compilation for | |
| 3967 @emph{today} will carry a warning about the approaching or missed | |
| 3968 deadline, starting @code{org-deadline-warning-days} before the due date, | |
| 3969 and continuing until the entry is marked DONE. An example: | |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 @example | |
| 3972 *** TODO write article about the Earth for the Guide | |
| 3973 The editor in charge is [[bbdb:Ford Prefect]] | |
| 3974 DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun> | |
| 3975 @end example | |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 You can specify a different lead time for warnings for a specific | |
| 3978 deadlines using the following syntax. Here is an example with a warning | |
| 3979 period of 5 days @code{DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun -5d>}. | |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 @item SCHEDULED | |
| 3982 @cindex SCHEDULED keyword | |
| 3983 You are planning to start working on that task on the given date. The | |
| 3984 headline will be listed under the given date@footnote{It will still be | |
| 3985 listed on that date after it has been marked DONE. If you don't like | |
| 3986 this, set the variable @code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done}.}. In | |
| 3987 addition, a reminder that the scheduled date has passed will be present | |
| 3988 in the compilation for @emph{today}, until the entry is marked DONE. | |
| 3989 I.e., the task will automatically be forwarded until completed. | |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 @example | |
| 3992 *** TODO Call Trillian for a date on New Years Eve. | |
| 3993 SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat> | |
| 3994 @end example | |
| 3995 @end table | |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 @menu | |
| 3998 * Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items | |
| 3999 * Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again | |
| 4000 @end menu | |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 @node Inserting deadline/schedule, Repeated tasks, Deadlines and scheduling, Deadlines and scheduling | |
| 4003 @subsection Inserting deadline/schedule | |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 The following commands allow to quickly insert a deadline or to schedule | |
| 4006 an item: | |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 @table @kbd | |
| 4009 @c | |
| 4010 @kindex C-c C-d | |
| 4011 @item C-c C-d | |
| 4012 Insert @samp{DEADLINE} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion will | |
| 4013 happen in the line directly following the headline. | |
| 4014 @c FIXME Any CLOSED timestamp will be removed.???????? | |
| 4015 @c | |
| 4016 @kindex C-c C-w | |
| 4017 @cindex sparse tree, for deadlines | |
| 4018 @item C-c C-w | |
| 4019 Create a sparse tree with all deadlines that are either past-due, or | |
| 4020 which will become due within @code{org-deadline-warning-days}. | |
| 4021 With @kbd{C-u} prefix, show all deadlines in the file. With a numeric | |
| 4022 prefix, check that many days. For example, @kbd{C-1 C-c C-w} shows | |
| 4023 all deadlines due tomorrow. | |
| 4024 @c | |
| 4025 @kindex C-c C-s | |
| 4026 @item C-c C-s | |
| 4027 Insert @samp{SCHEDULED} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion will | |
| 4028 happen in the line directly following the headline. Any CLOSED | |
| 4029 timestamp will be removed. | |
| 4030 @end table | |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 @node Repeated tasks, , Inserting deadline/schedule, Deadlines and scheduling | |
| 4033 @subsection Repeated Tasks | |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 Some tasks need to be repeated again and again, and Org-mode therefore | |
| 4036 allows to use a repeater in a DEADLINE or SCHEDULED time stamp, for | |
| 4037 example: | |
| 4038 @example | |
| 4039 ** TODO Pay the rent | |
| 4040 DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m> | |
| 4041 @end example | |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 Deadlines and scheduled items produce entries in the agenda when they | |
| 4044 are over-due, so it is important to be able to mark such an entry as | |
| 4045 completed once you have done so. When you mark a DEADLINE or a SCHEDULE | |
| 4046 with the todo keyword DONE, it will no longer produce entries in the | |
| 4047 agenda. The problem with this is, however, that then also the | |
| 4048 @emph{next} instance of the repeated entry will not be active. Org-mode | |
| 4049 deals with this in the following way: When you try to mark such an entry | |
| 4050 DONE (using @kbd{C-c C-t}), it will shift the base date of the repeating | |
| 4051 time stamp by the repeater interval, and immediately set the entry state | |
| 4052 back to TODO. In the example above, setting the state to DONE would | |
| 4053 actually switch the date like this: | |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 @example | |
| 4056 ** TODO Pay the rent | |
| 4057 DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue +1m> | |
| 4058 @end example | |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 You will also be prompted for a note that will be put under the DEADLINE | |
| 4061 line to keep a record that you actually acted on the previous instance | |
| 4062 of this deadline. | |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 As a consequence of shifting the base date, this entry will no longer be | |
| 4065 visible in the agenda when checking past dates, but all future instances | |
| 4066 will be visible. | |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 You may have both scheduling and deadline information for a specific | |
| 4069 task - just make sure that the repeater intervals on both are the same. | |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 @node Progress logging, , Deadlines and scheduling, Timestamps | |
| 4072 @section Progress Logging | |
| 4073 @cindex progress logging | |
| 4074 @cindex logging, of progress | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 Org-mode can automatically record a time stamp when you mark a TODO item | |
| 4077 as DONE, or even each time when you change the state of a TODO item. | |
| 4078 You can also measure precisely the time you spent on specific items in a | |
| 4079 project by starting and stopping a clock when you start and stop working | |
| 4080 on an aspect of a project. | |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 @menu | |
| 4083 * Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE? | |
| 4084 * Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change? | |
| 4085 * Clocking work time:: When exactly did you work on this item? | |
| 4086 @end menu | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 @node Closing items, Tracking TODO state changes, Progress logging, Progress logging | |
| 4089 @subsection Closing items | |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 If you want to keep track of @emph{when} a certain TODO item was | |
| 4092 finished, turn on logging with@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer | |
| 4093 setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: logdone}} | |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 @lisp | |
| 4096 (setq org-log-done t) | |
| 4097 @end lisp | |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 @noindent | |
| 4100 Then each time you turn a TODO entry into DONE using either @kbd{C-c | |
| 4101 C-t} in the Org-mode buffer or @kbd{t} in the agenda buffer, a line | |
| 4102 @samp{CLOSED: [timestamp]} will be inserted just after the headline. If | |
| 4103 you turn the entry back into a TODO item through further state cycling, | |
| 4104 that line will be removed again. In the timeline (@pxref{Timeline}) and | |
| 4105 in the agenda (@pxref{Weekly/Daily agenda}), you can then use the | |
| 4106 @kbd{l} key to display the TODO items closed on each day, giving you an | |
| 4107 overview of what has been done on a day. If you want to record a note | |
| 4108 along with the timestamp, use@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer | |
| 4109 setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: lognotedone}} | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 @lisp | |
| 4112 (setq org-log-done '(done)) | |
| 4113 @end lisp | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 @node Tracking TODO state changes, Clocking work time, Closing items, Progress logging | |
| 4116 @subsection Tracking TODO state changes | |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 When TODO keywords are used as workflow states (@pxref{Workflow | |
| 4119 states}), you might want to keep track of when a state change occurred, | |
| 4120 and you may even want to attach notes to that state change. With the | |
| 4121 setting | |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 @lisp | |
| 4124 (setq org-log-done '(state)) | |
| 4125 @end lisp | |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 @noindent | |
| 4128 each state change will prompt you for a note that will be attached to | |
| 4129 the current headline. Very likely you do not want this verbose tracking | |
| 4130 all the time, so it is probably better to configure this behavior with | |
| 4131 in-buffer options. For example, if you are tracking purchases, put | |
| 4132 these into a separate file that starts with: | |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 @example | |
| 4135 #+SEQ_TODO: TODO ORDERED INVOICE PAYED RECEIVED SENT | |
| 4136 #+STARTUP: lognotestate | |
| 4137 @end example | |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 @node Clocking work time, , Tracking TODO state changes, Progress logging | |
| 4141 @subsection Clocking work time | |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 Org-mode allows you to clock the time you spent on specific tasks in a | |
| 4144 project. When you start working on an item, you can start the clock. | |
| 4145 When you stop working on that task, or when you mark the task done, the | |
| 4146 clock is stopped and the corresponding time interval is recorded. It | |
| 4147 also computes the total time spent on each subtree of a project. | |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 @table @kbd | |
| 4150 @kindex C-c C-x C-i | |
| 4151 @item C-c C-x C-i | |
| 4152 Start the clock on the current item (clock-in). This inserts the CLOCK | |
| 4153 keyword together with a timestamp. | |
| 4154 @kindex C-c C-x C-o | |
| 4155 @item C-c C-x C-o | |
| 4156 Stop the clock (clock-out). The inserts another timestamp at the same | |
| 4157 location where the clock was last started. It also directly computes | |
| 4158 the resulting time in inserts it after the time range as @samp{=> | |
| 4159 HH:MM}. See the variable @code{org-log-done} for the possibility to | |
| 4160 record an additional note together with the clock-out time | |
| 4161 stamp@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: | |
| 4162 lognoteclock-out}}. | |
| 4163 @kindex C-c C-y | |
| 4164 @item C-c C-y | |
| 4165 Recompute the time interval after changing one of the time stamps. This | |
| 4166 is only necessary if you edit the time stamps directly. If you change | |
| 4167 them with @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} keys, the update is automatic. | |
| 4168 @kindex C-c C-t | |
| 4169 @item C-c C-t | |
| 4170 Changing the TODO state of an item to DONE automatically stops the clock | |
| 4171 if it is running in this same item. | |
| 4172 @kindex C-c C-x C-x | |
| 4173 @item C-c C-x C-x | |
| 4174 Cancel the current clock. This is useful if a clock was started by | |
| 4175 mistake, or if you ended up working on something else. | |
| 4176 @kindex C-c C-x C-d | |
| 4177 @item C-c C-x C-d | |
| 4178 Display time summaries for each subtree in the current buffer. This | |
| 4179 puts overlays at the end of each headline, showing the total time | |
| 4180 recorded under that heading, including the time of any subheadings. You | |
| 4181 can use visibility cycling to study the tree, but the overlays disappear | |
| 4182 when you change the buffer (see variable | |
| 4183 @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}) or press @kbd{C-c C-c}. | |
| 4184 @kindex C-c C-x C-r | |
| 4185 @item C-c C-x C-r | |
| 4186 Insert a dynamic block (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}) containing a clock | |
| 4187 report as an org-mode table into the current file. | |
| 4188 @example | |
| 4189 #+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :emphasize nil | |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 #+END: clocktable | |
| 4192 @end example | |
| 4193 @noindent | |
| 4194 If such a block already exists, its content is replaced by the new | |
| 4195 table. The @samp{BEGIN} line can specify options: | |
| 4196 @example | |
| 4197 :maxlevels @r{Maximum level depth to which times are listed in the table.} | |
| 4198 :emphasize @r{When @code{t}, emphasize level one and level two items} | |
| 4199 :block @r{The time block to consider. This block is specified relative} | |
| 4200 @r{to the current time and may be any of these keywords:} | |
| 4201 @r{@code{today}, @code{yesterday}, @code{thisweek}, @code{lastweek},} | |
| 4202 @r{@code{thismonth}, @code{lastmonth}, @code{thisyear}, or @code{lastyear}}. | |
| 4203 :tstart @r{A time string specifying when to start considering times} | |
| 4204 :tend @r{A time string specifying when to stop considering times} | |
| 4205 @end example | |
| 4206 So to get a clock summary for the current day, you could write | |
| 4207 @example | |
| 4208 #+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :block today | |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 #+END: clocktable | |
| 4211 @end example | |
| 4212 and to use a specific time range you could write@footnote{Note that all | |
| 4213 parameters must be specified in a single line - the line is broken here | |
| 4214 only to fit it onto the manual.} | |
| 4215 @example | |
| 4216 #+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<2006-08-10 Thu 10:00>" | |
| 4217 :tend "<2006-08-10 Thu 12:00>" | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 #+END: clocktable | |
| 4220 @end example | |
| 4221 @kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u | |
| 4222 @item C-u C-c C-x C-u | |
| 4223 Update all dynamic blocks (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}). This is useful if | |
| 4224 you have several clocktable blocks in a buffer. | |
| 4225 @end table | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 The @kbd{l} key may be used in the timeline (@pxref{Timeline}) and in | |
| 4228 the agenda (@pxref{Weekly/Daily agenda}) to show which tasks have been | |
| 4229 worked on or closed during a day. | |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 @node Agenda views, Embedded LaTeX, Timestamps, Top | |
| 4232 @chapter Agenda Views | |
| 4233 @cindex agenda views | |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 Due to the way Org-mode works, TODO items, time-stamped items, and | |
| 4236 tagged headlines can be scattered throughout a file or even a number of | |
| 4237 files. To get an overview over open action items, or over events that | |
| 4238 are important for a particular date, this information must be collected, | |
| 4239 sorted and displayed in an organized way. | |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 Org-mode can select items based on various criteria, and display them | |
| 4242 in a separate buffer. Six different view types are provided: | |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 @itemize @bullet | |
| 4245 @item | |
| 4246 an @emph{agenda} that is like a calendar and shows information | |
| 4247 for specific dates, | |
| 4248 @item | |
| 4249 a @emph{TODO list} that covers all unfinished | |
| 4250 action items, | |
| 4251 @item | |
| 4252 a @emph{tags view}, showings headlines based on | |
| 4253 the tags associated with them, | |
| 4254 @item | |
| 4255 a @emph{timeline view} that shows all events in a single Org-mode file, | |
| 4256 in time-sorted view, | |
| 4257 @item | |
| 4258 a @emph{stuck projects view} showing projects that currently don't move | |
| 4259 along, and | |
| 4260 @item | |
| 4261 @emph{custom views} that are special tag/keyword searches and | |
| 4262 combinations of different views. | |
| 4263 @end itemize | |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 @noindent | |
| 4266 The extracted information is displayed in a special @emph{agenda | |
| 4267 buffer}. This buffer is read-only, but provides commands to visit the | |
| 4268 corresponding locations in the original Org-mode files, and even to | |
| 4269 edit these files remotely. | |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 Two variables control how the agenda buffer is displayed and whether the | |
| 4272 window configuration is restored when the agenda exits: | |
| 4273 @code{org-agenda-window-setup} and | |
| 4274 @code{org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit}. | |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 @menu | |
| 4277 * Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information | |
| 4278 * Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views | |
| 4279 * Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box? | |
| 4280 * Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display | |
| 4281 * Agenda commands:: Remote editing of org trees | |
| 4282 * Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views | |
| 4283 @end menu | |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 @node Agenda files, Agenda dispatcher, Agenda views, Agenda views | |
| 4286 @section Agenda files | |
| 4287 @cindex agenda files | |
| 4288 @cindex files for agenda | |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 The information to be shown is collected from all @emph{agenda files}, | |
| 4291 the files listed in the variable @code{org-agenda-files}@footnote{If the | |
| 4292 value of that variable is not a list, but a single file name, then the | |
| 4293 list of agenda files will be maintained in that external file.}. Thus even | |
| 4294 if you only work with a single Org-mode file, this file should be put | |
| 4295 into that list@footnote{When using the dispatcher, pressing @kbd{1} | |
| 4296 before selecting a command will actually limit the command to the | |
| 4297 current file, and ignore @code{org-agenda-files} until the next | |
| 4298 dispatcher command.}. You can customize @code{org-agenda-files}, but | |
| 4299 the easiest way to maintain it is through the following commands | |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 @cindex files, adding to agenda list | |
| 4302 @table @kbd | |
| 4303 @kindex C-c [ | |
| 4304 @item C-c [ | |
| 4305 Add current file to the list of agenda files. The file is added to | |
| 4306 the front of the list. If it was already in the list, it is moved to | |
| 4307 the front. With prefix arg, file is added/moved to the end. | |
| 4308 @kindex C-c ] | |
| 4309 @item C-c ] | |
| 4310 Remove current file from the list of agenda files. | |
| 4311 @kindex C-, | |
| 4312 @kindex C-' | |
| 4313 @item C-, | |
| 4314 @itemx C-' | |
| 4315 Cycle through agenda file list, visiting one file after the other. | |
| 4316 @end table | |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 @noindent | |
| 4319 The Org menu contains the current list of files and can be used | |
| 4320 to visit any of them. | |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 @node Agenda dispatcher, Built-in agenda views, Agenda files, Agenda views | |
| 4323 @section The agenda dispatcher | |
| 4324 @cindex agenda dispatcher | |
| 4325 @cindex dispatching agenda commands | |
| 4326 The views are created through a dispatcher that should be bound to a | |
| 4327 global key, for example @kbd{C-c a} (@pxref{Installation}). In the | |
| 4328 following we will assume that @kbd{C-c a} is indeed how the dispatcher | |
| 4329 is accessed and list keyboard access to commands accordingly. After | |
| 4330 pressing @kbd{C-c a}, an additional letter is required to execute a | |
| 4331 command. The dispatcher offers the following default commands: | |
| 4332 @table @kbd | |
| 4333 @item a | |
| 4334 Create the calendar-like agenda (@pxref{Weekly/Daily agenda}). | |
| 4335 @item t @r{/} T | |
| 4336 Create a list of all TODO items (@pxref{Global TODO list}). | |
| 4337 @item m @r{/} M | |
| 4338 Create a list of headlines matching a TAGS expression (@pxref{Matching | |
| 4339 tags and properties}). | |
| 4340 @item L | |
| 4341 Create the timeline view for the current buffer (@pxref{Timeline}). | |
| 4342 @item # @r{/} ! | |
| 4343 Create a list of stuck projects (@pxref{Stuck projects}). | |
| 4344 @item 1 | |
| 4345 Restrict an agenda command to the current buffer. After pressing | |
| 4346 @kbd{1}, you still need to press the character selecting the command. | |
| 4347 @item 0 | |
| 4348 If there is an active region, restrict the following agenda command to | |
| 4349 the region. Otherwise, restrict it to the current subtree. After | |
| 4350 pressing @kbd{0}, you still need to press the character selecting the | |
| 4351 command. | |
| 4352 @end table | |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 You can also define custom commands that will be accessible through the | |
| 4355 dispatcher, just like the default commands. This includes the | |
| 4356 possibility to create extended agenda buffers that contain several | |
| 4357 blocks together, for example the weekly agenda, the global TODO list and | |
| 4358 a number of special tags matches. @xref{Custom agenda views}. | |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 @node Built-in agenda views, Presentation and sorting, Agenda dispatcher, Agenda views | |
| 4361 @section The built-in agenda views | |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 In this section we describe the built-in views. | |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 @menu | |
| 4366 * Weekly/Daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks | |
| 4367 * Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items | |
| 4368 * Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search | |
| 4369 * Timeline:: Time-sorted view for single file | |
| 4370 * Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review | |
| 4371 @end menu | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 @node Weekly/Daily agenda, Global TODO list, Built-in agenda views, Built-in agenda views | |
| 4374 @subsection The weekly/daily agenda | |
| 4375 @cindex agenda | |
| 4376 @cindex weekly agenda | |
| 4377 @cindex daily agenda | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 The purpose of the weekly/daily @emph{agenda} is to act like a page of a | |
| 4380 paper agenda, showing all the tasks for the current week or day. | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 @table @kbd | |
| 4383 @cindex org-agenda, command | |
| 4384 @kindex C-c a a | |
| 4385 @item C-c a a | |
| 4386 Compile an agenda for the current week from a list of org files. The | |
| 4387 agenda shows the entries for each day. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix (or | |
| 4388 when the variable @code{org-agenda-include-all-todo} is @code{t}), all | |
| 4389 unfinished TODO items (including those without a date) are also listed at | |
| 4390 the beginning of the buffer, before the first date.@* | |
| 4391 @end table | |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 Remote editing from the agenda buffer means, for example, that you can | |
| 4394 change the dates of deadlines and appointments from the agenda buffer. | |
| 4395 The commands available in the Agenda buffer are listed in @ref{Agenda | |
| 4396 commands}. | |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 @subsubheading Calendar/Diary integration | |
| 4399 @cindex calendar integration | |
| 4400 @cindex diary integration | |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 Emacs contains the calendar and diary by Edward M. Reingold. The | |
| 4403 calendar displays a three-month calendar with holidays from different | |
| 4404 countries and cultures. The diary allows you to keep track of | |
| 4405 anniversaries, lunar phases, sunrise/set, recurrent appointments | |
| 4406 (weekly, monthly) and more. In this way, it is quite complementary to | |
| 4407 Org-mode. It can be very useful to combine output from Org-mode with | |
| 4408 the diary. | |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 In order to include entries from the Emacs diary into Org-mode's | |
| 4411 agenda, you only need to customize the variable | |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 @lisp | |
| 4414 (setq org-agenda-include-diary t) | |
| 4415 @end lisp | |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 @noindent After that, everything will happen automatically. All diary | |
| 4418 entries including holidays, anniversaries etc will be included in the | |
| 4419 agenda buffer created by Org-mode. @key{SPC}, @key{TAB}, and | |
| 4420 @key{RET} can be used from the agenda buffer to jump to the diary | |
| 4421 file in order to edit existing diary entries. The @kbd{i} command to | |
| 4422 insert new entries for the current date works in the agenda buffer, as | |
| 4423 well as the commands @kbd{S}, @kbd{M}, and @kbd{C} to display | |
| 4424 Sunrise/Sunset times, show lunar phases and to convert to other | |
| 4425 calendars, respectively. @kbd{c} can be used to switch back and forth | |
| 4426 between calendar and agenda. | |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 If you are using the diary only for sexp entries and holidays, it is | |
| 4429 faster to not use the above setting, but instead to copy or even move | |
| 4430 the entries into an Org-mode file. Org-mode evaluates diary-style sexp | |
| 4431 entries, and does it faster because there is no overhead for first | |
| 4432 creating the diary display. Note that the sexp entries must start at | |
| 4433 the left margin, no white space is allowed before them. For example, | |
| 4434 the following segment of an Org-mode file will be processed and entries | |
| 4435 will be made in the agenda: | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 @example | |
| 4438 * Birthdays and similar stuff | |
| 4439 #+CATEGORY: Holiday | |
| 4440 %%(org-calendar-holiday) ; special function for holiday names | |
| 4441 #+CATEGORY: Ann | |
| 4442 %%(diary-anniversary 14 5 1956) Arthur Dent is %d years old | |
| 4443 %%(diary-anniversary 2 10 1869) Mahatma Gandhi would be %d years old | |
| 4444 @end example | |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 @node Global TODO list, Matching tags and properties, Weekly/Daily agenda, Built-in agenda views | |
| 4447 @subsection The global TODO list | |
| 4448 @cindex global TODO list | |
| 4449 @cindex TODO list, global | |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 The global TODO list contains all unfinished TODO items, formatted and | |
| 4452 collected into a single place. | |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 @table @kbd | |
| 4455 @kindex C-c a t | |
| 4456 @item C-c a t | |
| 4457 Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all | |
| 4458 agenda files (@pxref{Agenda views}) into a single buffer. The buffer is in | |
| 4459 @code{agenda-mode}, so there are commands to examine and manipulate | |
| 4460 the TODO entries directly from that buffer (@pxref{Agenda commands}). | |
| 4461 @kindex C-c a T | |
| 4462 @item C-c a T | |
| 4463 @cindex TODO keyword matching | |
| 4464 Like the above, but allows selection of a specific TODO keyword. You | |
| 4465 can also do this by specifying a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c a t}. With | |
| 4466 a @kbd{C-u} prefix you are prompted for a keyword, and you may also | |
| 4467 specify several keywords by separating them with @samp{|} as boolean OR | |
| 4468 operator. With a numeric prefix, the Nth keyword in | |
| 4469 @code{org-todo-keywords} is selected. | |
| 4470 @kindex r | |
| 4471 The @kbd{r} key in the agenda buffer regenerates it, and you can give | |
| 4472 a prefix argument to this command to change the selected TODO keyword, | |
| 4473 for example @kbd{3 r}. If you often need a search for a specific | |
| 4474 keyword, define a custom command for it (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}).@* | |
| 4475 Matching specific TODO keywords can also be done as part of a tags | |
| 4476 search (@pxref{Tag searches}). | |
| 4477 @end table | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 Remote editing of TODO items means that you can change the state of a | |
| 4480 TODO entry with a single key press. The commands available in the | |
| 4481 TODO list are described in @ref{Agenda commands}. | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 @cindex sublevels, inclusion into todo list | |
| 4484 Normally the global todo list simply shows all headlines with TODO | |
| 4485 keywords. This list can become very long. There are two ways to keep | |
| 4486 it more compact: | |
| 4487 @itemize @minus | |
| 4488 @item | |
| 4489 Some people view a TODO item that has been @emph{scheduled} for | |
| 4490 execution (@pxref{Time stamps}) as no longer @emph{open}. Configure the | |
| 4491 variable @code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled} to exclude scheduled | |
| 4492 items from the global TODO list. | |
| 4493 @item | |
| 4494 TODO items may have sublevels to break up the task into subtasks. In | |
| 4495 such cases it may be enough to list only the highest level TODO headline | |
| 4496 and omit the sublevels from the global list. Configure the variable | |
| 4497 @code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels} to get this behavior. | |
| 4498 @end itemize | |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 @node Matching tags and properties, Timeline, Global TODO list, Built-in agenda views | |
| 4501 @subsection Matching Tags and Properties | |
| 4502 @cindex matching, of tags | |
| 4503 @cindex matching, of properties | |
| 4504 @cindex tags view | |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 If headlines in the agenda files are marked with @emph{tags} | |
| 4507 (@pxref{Tags}), you can select headlines based on the tags that apply | |
| 4508 to them and collect them into an agenda buffer. | |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 @table @kbd | |
| 4511 @kindex C-c a m | |
| 4512 @item C-c a m | |
| 4513 Produce a list of all headlines that match a given set of tags. The | |
| 4514 command prompts for a selection criterion, which is a boolean logic | |
| 4515 expression with tags, like @samp{+WORK+URGENT-WITHBOSS} or | |
| 4516 @samp{WORK|HOME} (@pxref{Tags}). If you often need a specific search, | |
| 4517 define a custom command for it (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}). | |
| 4518 @kindex C-c a M | |
| 4519 @item C-c a M | |
| 4520 Like @kbd{C-c a m}, but only select headlines that are also TODO items | |
| 4521 and force checking subitems (see variable | |
| 4522 @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). Matching specific todo keywords | |
| 4523 together with a tags match is also possible, see @ref{Tag searches}. | |
| 4524 @end table | |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 The commands available in the tags list are described in @ref{Agenda | |
| 4527 commands}. | |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 @node Timeline, Stuck projects, Matching tags and properties, Built-in agenda views | |
| 4530 @subsection Timeline for a single file | |
| 4531 @cindex timeline, single file | |
| 4532 @cindex time-sorted view | |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 The timeline summarizes all time-stamped items from a single Org-mode | |
| 4535 file in a @emph{time-sorted view}. The main purpose of this command is | |
| 4536 to give an overview over events in a project. | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 @table @kbd | |
| 4539 @kindex C-c a L | |
| 4540 @item C-c a L | |
| 4541 Show a time-sorted view of the org file, with all time-stamped items. | |
| 4542 When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, all unfinished TODO entries | |
| 4543 (scheduled or not) are also listed under the current date. | |
| 4544 @end table | |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 @noindent | |
| 4547 The commands available in the timeline buffer are listed in | |
| 4548 @ref{Agenda commands}. | |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 @node Stuck projects, , Timeline, Built-in agenda views | |
| 4552 @subsection Stuck projects | |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 If you are following a system like David Allen's GTD to organize your | |
| 4555 work, one of the ``duties'' you have is a regular review to make sure | |
| 4556 that all projects move along. A @emph{stuck} project is a project that | |
| 4557 has no defined next actions, so it will never show up in the TODO lists | |
| 4558 Org-mode produces. During the review, you need to identify such | |
| 4559 projects and define next actions for them. | |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 @table @kbd | |
| 4562 @kindex C-c a # | |
| 4563 @item C-c a # | |
| 4564 List projects that are stuck. | |
| 4565 @kindex C-c a ! | |
| 4566 @item C-c a ! | |
| 4567 Customize the variable @code{org-stuck-projects} to define what a stuck | |
| 4568 project is and how to find it. | |
| 4569 @end table | |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 You almost certainly will have to configure this view before it will | |
| 4572 work for you. The built-in default assumes that all your projects are | |
| 4573 level-2 headlines, and that a project is not stuck if it has at least | |
| 4574 one entry marked with a todo keyword TODO or NEXT or NEXTACTION. | |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 Lets assume that you, in your own way of using Org-mode, identify | |
| 4577 projects with a tag PROJECT, and that you use a todo keyword MAYBE to | |
| 4578 indicate a project that should not be considered yet. Lets further | |
| 4579 assume that the todo keyword DONE marks finished projects, and that NEXT | |
| 4580 and TODO indicate next actions. The tag @@SHOP indicates shopping and | |
| 4581 is a next action even without the NEXT tag. Finally, if the project | |
| 4582 contains the special word IGNORE anywhere, it should not be listed | |
| 4583 either. In this case you would start by identifying eligible projects | |
| 4584 with a tags/todo match @samp{+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE}, and then check for | |
| 4585 TODO, NEXT, @@SHOP, and IGNORE in the subtree to identify projects that | |
| 4586 are not stuck. The correct customization for this is | |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 @lisp | |
| 4589 (setq org-stuck-projects | |
| 4590 '("+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE" ("NEXT" "TODO") ("@@SHOP") | |
| 4591 "\\<IGNORE\\>")) | |
| 4592 @end lisp | |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 @node Presentation and sorting, Agenda commands, Built-in agenda views, Agenda views | |
| 4596 @section Presentation and sorting | |
| 4597 @cindex presentation, of agenda items | |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 Before displaying items in an agenda view, Org-mode visually prepares | |
| 4600 the items and sorts them. Each item occupies a single line. The line | |
| 4601 starts with a @emph{prefix} that contains the @emph{category} | |
| 4602 (@pxref{Categories}) of the item and other important information. You can | |
| 4603 customize the prefix using the option @code{org-agenda-prefix-format}. | |
| 4604 The prefix is followed by a cleaned-up version of the outline headline | |
| 4605 associated with the item. | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 @menu | |
| 4608 * Categories:: Not all tasks are equal | |
| 4609 * Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time | |
| 4610 * Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things | |
| 4611 @end menu | |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 @node Categories, Time-of-day specifications, Presentation and sorting, Presentation and sorting | |
| 4614 @subsection Categories | |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 @cindex category | |
| 4617 The category is a broad label assigned to each agenda item. By default, | |
| 4618 the category is simply derived from the file name, but you can also | |
| 4619 specify it with a special line in the buffer, like this: | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 @example | |
| 4622 #+CATEGORY: Thesis | |
| 4623 @end example | |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 If there are several such lines in a file, each specifies the category | |
| 4626 for the text below it (but the first category also applies to any text | |
| 4627 before the first CATEGORY line). The display in the agenda buffer looks | |
| 4628 best if the category is not longer than 10 characters. | |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 @node Time-of-day specifications, Sorting of agenda items, Categories, Presentation and sorting | |
| 4631 @subsection Time-of-Day Specifications | |
| 4632 @cindex time-of-day specification | |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 Org-mode checks each agenda item for a time-of-day specification. The | |
| 4635 time can be part of the time stamp that triggered inclusion into the | |
| 4636 agenda, for example as in @w{@samp{<2005-05-10 Tue 19:00>}}. Time | |
| 4637 ranges can be specified with two time stamps, like | |
| 4638 @c | |
| 4639 @w{@samp{<2005-05-10 Tue 20:30>--<2005-05-10 Tue 22:15>}}. | |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 In the headline of the entry itself, a time(range) may also appear as | |
| 4642 plain text (like @samp{12:45} or a @samp{8:30-1pm}. If the agenda | |
| 4643 integrates the Emacs diary (@pxref{Weekly/Daily agenda}), time | |
| 4644 specifications in diary entries are recognized as well. | |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 For agenda display, Org-mode extracts the time and displays it in a | |
| 4647 standard 24 hour format as part of the prefix. The example times in | |
| 4648 the previous paragraphs would end up in the agenda like this: | |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 @example | |
| 4651 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer | |
| 4652 12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub | |
| 4653 19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem | |
| 4654 20:30-22:15 Marwin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge | |
| 4655 @end example | |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 @cindex time grid | |
| 4658 If the agenda is in single-day mode, or for the display of today, the | |
| 4659 timed entries are embedded in a time grid, like | |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 @example | |
| 4662 8:00...... ------------------ | |
| 4663 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer | |
| 4664 10:00...... ------------------ | |
| 4665 12:00...... ------------------ | |
| 4666 12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub | |
| 4667 14:00...... ------------------ | |
| 4668 16:00...... ------------------ | |
| 4669 18:00...... ------------------ | |
| 4670 19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem | |
| 4671 20:00...... ------------------ | |
| 4672 20:30-22:15 Marwin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge | |
| 4673 @end example | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 The time grid can be turned on and off with the variable | |
| 4676 @code{org-agenda-use-time-grid}, and can be configured with | |
| 4677 @code{org-agenda-time-grid}. | |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 @node Sorting of agenda items, , Time-of-day specifications, Presentation and sorting | |
| 4680 @subsection Sorting of agenda items | |
| 4681 @cindex sorting, of agenda items | |
| 4682 @cindex priorities, of agenda items | |
| 4683 Before being inserted into a view, the items are sorted. How this is | |
| 4684 done depends on the type of view. | |
| 4685 @itemize @bullet | |
| 4686 @item | |
| 4687 For the daily/weekly agenda, the items for each day are sorted. The | |
| 4688 default order is to first collect all items containing an explicit | |
| 4689 time-of-day specification. These entries will be shown at the beginning | |
| 4690 of the list, as a @emph{schedule} for the day. After that, items remain | |
| 4691 grouped in categories, in the sequence given by @code{org-agenda-files}. | |
| 4692 Within each category, items are sorted by priority (@pxref{Priorities}), | |
| 4693 which is composed of the base priority (2000 for priority @samp{A}, 1000 | |
| 4694 for @samp{B}, and 0 for @samp{C}), plus additional increments for | |
| 4695 overdue scheduled or deadline items. | |
| 4696 @item | |
| 4697 For the TODO list, items remain in the order of categories, but within | |
| 4698 each category, sorting takes place according to priority | |
| 4699 (@pxref{Priorities}). | |
| 4700 @item | |
| 4701 For tags matches, items are not sorted at all, but just appear in the | |
| 4702 sequence in which they are found in the agenda files. | |
| 4703 @end itemize | |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 Sorting can be customized using the variable | |
| 4706 @code{org-agenda-sorting-strategy}. | |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 @node Agenda commands, Custom agenda views, Presentation and sorting, Agenda views | |
| 4710 @section Commands in the agenda buffer | |
| 4711 @cindex commands, in agenda buffer | |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 Entries in the agenda buffer are linked back to the org file or diary | |
| 4714 file where they originate. You are not allowed to edit the agenda | |
| 4715 buffer itself, but commands are provided to show and jump to the | |
| 4716 original entry location, and to edit the org-files ``remotely'' from | |
| 4717 the agenda buffer. In this way, all information is stored only once, | |
| 4718 removing the risk that your agenda and note files may diverge. | |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 Some commands can be executed with mouse clicks on agenda lines. For | |
| 4721 the other commands, the cursor needs to be in the desired line. | |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 @table @kbd | |
| 4724 @tsubheading{Motion} | |
| 4725 @cindex motion commands in agenda | |
| 4726 @kindex n | |
| 4727 @item n | |
| 4728 Next line (same as @key{up}). | |
| 4729 @kindex p | |
| 4730 @item p | |
| 4731 Previous line (same as @key{down}). | |
| 4732 @tsubheading{View/GoTo org file} | |
| 4733 @kindex mouse-3 | |
| 4734 @kindex @key{SPC} | |
| 4735 @item mouse-3 | |
| 4736 @itemx @key{SPC} | |
| 4737 Display the original location of the item in another window. | |
| 4738 @c | |
| 4739 @kindex L | |
| 4740 @item L | |
| 4741 Display original location and recenter that window. | |
| 4742 @c | |
| 4743 @kindex mouse-2 | |
| 4744 @kindex mouse-1 | |
| 4745 @kindex @key{TAB} | |
| 4746 @item mouse-2 | |
| 4747 @itemx mouse-1 | |
| 4748 @itemx @key{TAB} | |
| 4749 Go to the original location of the item in another window. Under Emacs | |
| 4750 22, @kbd{mouse-1} will also works for this. | |
| 4751 @c | |
| 4752 @kindex @key{RET} | |
| 4753 @itemx @key{RET} | |
| 4754 Go to the original location of the item and delete other windows. | |
| 4755 @c | |
| 4756 @kindex f | |
| 4757 @item f | |
| 4758 Toggle Follow mode. In Follow mode, as you move the cursor through | |
| 4759 the agenda buffer, the other window always shows the corresponding | |
| 4760 location in the org file. The initial setting for this mode in new | |
| 4761 agenda buffers can be set with the variable | |
| 4762 @code{org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode}. | |
| 4763 @c | |
| 4764 @kindex b | |
| 4765 @item b | |
| 4766 Display the entire subtree of the current item in an indirect buffer. | |
| 4767 With numerical prefix ARG, go up to this level and then take that tree. | |
| 4768 If ARG is negative, go up that many levels. With @kbd{C-u} prefix, do | |
| 4769 not remove the previously used indirect buffer. | |
| 4770 @c | |
| 4771 @kindex l | |
| 4772 @item l | |
| 4773 Toggle Logbook mode. In Logbook mode, entries that where marked DONE while | |
| 4774 logging was on (variable @code{org-log-done}) are shown in the agenda, | |
| 4775 as are entries that have been clocked on that day. | |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 @tsubheading{Change display} | |
| 4778 @cindex display changing, in agenda | |
| 4779 @kindex o | |
| 4780 @item o | |
| 4781 Delete other windows. | |
| 4782 @c | |
| 4783 @kindex d | |
| 4784 @kindex w | |
| 4785 @kindex m | |
| 4786 @kindex y | |
| 4787 @item d w m y | |
| 4788 Switch to day/week/month/year view. When switching to day or week view, | |
| 4789 this setting becomes the default for subseqent agenda commands. Since | |
| 4790 month and year views are slow to create, the do not become the default. | |
| 4791 @c | |
| 4792 @kindex D | |
| 4793 @item D | |
| 4794 Toggle the inclusion of diary entries. See @ref{Weekly/Daily agenda}. | |
| 4795 @c | |
| 4796 @kindex g | |
| 4797 @item g | |
| 4798 Toggle the time grid on and off. See also the variables | |
| 4799 @code{org-agenda-use-time-grid} and @code{org-agenda-time-grid}. | |
| 4800 @c | |
| 4801 @kindex r | |
| 4802 @item r | |
| 4803 Recreate the agenda buffer, for example to reflect the changes | |
| 4804 after modification of the time stamps of items with S-@key{left} and | |
| 4805 S-@key{right}. When the buffer is the global todo list, a prefix | |
| 4806 argument is interpreted to create a selective list for a specific TODO | |
| 4807 keyword. | |
| 4808 @c | |
| 4809 @kindex s | |
| 4810 @item s | |
| 4811 Save all Org-mode buffers in the current Emacs session. | |
| 4812 @c | |
| 4813 @kindex @key{right} | |
| 4814 @item @key{right} | |
| 4815 Display the following @code{org-agenda-ndays} days. For example, if | |
| 4816 the display covers a week, switch to the following week. With prefix | |
| 4817 arg, go forward that many times @code{org-agenda-ndays} days. | |
| 4818 @c | |
| 4819 @kindex @key{left} | |
| 4820 @item @key{left} | |
| 4821 Display the previous dates. | |
| 4822 @c | |
| 4823 @kindex . | |
| 4824 @item . | |
| 4825 Goto today. | |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 @tsubheading{Remote editing} | |
| 4828 @cindex remote editing, from agenda | |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 @item 0-9 | |
| 4831 Digit argument. | |
| 4832 @c | |
| 4833 @cindex undoing remote-editing events | |
| 4834 @cindex remote editing, undo | |
| 4835 @kindex C-_ | |
| 4836 @item C-_ | |
| 4837 Undo a change due to a remote editing command. The change is undone | |
| 4838 both in the agenda buffer and in the remote buffer. | |
| 4839 @c | |
| 4840 @kindex t | |
| 4841 @item t | |
| 4842 Change the TODO state of the item, both in the agenda and in the | |
| 4843 original org file. | |
| 4844 @c | |
| 4845 @kindex C-k | |
| 4846 @item C-k | |
| 4847 Delete the current agenda item along with the entire subtree belonging | |
| 4848 to it in the original Org-mode file. If the text to be deleted remotely | |
| 4849 is longer than one line, the kill needs to be confirmed by the user. See | |
| 4850 variable @code{org-agenda-confirm-kill}. | |
| 4851 @c | |
| 4852 @kindex $ | |
| 4853 @item $ | |
| 4854 Archive the subtree corresponding to the current headline. | |
| 4855 @c | |
| 4856 @kindex T | |
| 4857 @item T | |
| 4858 Show all tags associated with the current item. Because of | |
| 4859 inheritance, this may be more than the tags listed in the line itself. | |
| 4860 @c | |
| 4861 @kindex : | |
| 4862 @item : | |
| 4863 Set tags for the current headline. | |
| 4864 @c | |
| 4865 @kindex a | |
| 4866 @item a | |
| 4867 Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline. | |
| 4868 @c | |
| 4869 @kindex , | |
| 4870 @item , | |
| 4871 Set the priority for the current item. Org-mode prompts for the | |
| 4872 priority character. If you reply with @key{SPC}, the priority cookie | |
| 4873 is removed from the entry. | |
| 4874 @c | |
| 4875 @kindex P | |
| 4876 @item P | |
| 4877 Display weighted priority of current item. | |
| 4878 @c | |
| 4879 @kindex + | |
| 4880 @kindex S-@key{up} | |
| 4881 @item + | |
| 4882 @itemx S-@key{up} | |
| 4883 Increase the priority of the current item. The priority is changed in | |
| 4884 the original buffer, but the agenda is not resorted. Use the @kbd{r} | |
| 4885 key for this. | |
| 4886 @c | |
| 4887 @kindex - | |
| 4888 @kindex S-@key{down} | |
| 4889 @item - | |
| 4890 @itemx S-@key{down} | |
| 4891 Decrease the priority of the current item. | |
| 4892 @c | |
| 4893 @kindex C-c C-s | |
| 4894 @item C-c C-s | |
| 4895 Schedule this item | |
| 4896 @c | |
| 4897 @kindex C-c C-d | |
| 4898 @item C-c C-d | |
| 4899 Set a deadline for this item. | |
| 4900 @c | |
| 4901 @kindex S-@key{right} | |
| 4902 @item S-@key{right} | |
| 4903 Change the time stamp associated with the current line by one day into | |
| 4904 the future. With prefix argument, change it by that many days. For | |
| 4905 example, @kbd{3 6 5 S-@key{right}} will change it by a year. The | |
| 4906 stamp is changed in the original org file, but the change is not | |
| 4907 directly reflected in the agenda buffer. Use the | |
| 4908 @kbd{r} key to update the buffer. | |
| 4909 @c | |
| 4910 @kindex S-@key{left} | |
| 4911 @item S-@key{left} | |
| 4912 Change the time stamp associated with the current line by one day | |
| 4913 into the past. | |
| 4914 @c | |
| 4915 @kindex > | |
| 4916 @item > | |
| 4917 Change the time stamp associated with the current line to today. | |
| 4918 The key @kbd{>} has been chosen, because it is the same as @kbd{S-.} | |
| 4919 on my keyboard. | |
| 4920 @c | |
| 4921 @kindex I | |
| 4922 @item I | |
| 4923 Start the clock on the current item. If a clock is running already, it | |
| 4924 is stopped first. | |
| 4925 @c | |
| 4926 @kindex O | |
| 4927 @item O | |
| 4928 Stop the previously started clock. | |
| 4929 @c | |
| 4930 @kindex X | |
| 4931 @item X | |
| 4932 Cancel the currently running clock. | |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 @tsubheading{Calendar commands} | |
| 4935 @cindex calendar commands, from agenda | |
| 4936 @kindex c | |
| 4937 @item c | |
| 4938 Open the Emacs calendar and move to the date at the agenda cursor. | |
| 4939 @c | |
| 4940 @item c | |
| 4941 When in the calendar, compute and show the Org-mode agenda for the | |
| 4942 date at the cursor. | |
| 4943 @c | |
| 4944 @cindex diary entries, creating from agenda | |
| 4945 @kindex i | |
| 4946 @item i | |
| 4947 Insert a new entry into the diary. Prompts for the type of entry | |
| 4948 (day, weekly, monthly, yearly, anniversary, cyclic) and creates a new | |
| 4949 entry in the diary, just as @kbd{i d} etc. would do in the calendar. | |
| 4950 The date is taken from the cursor position. | |
| 4951 @c | |
| 4952 @kindex M | |
| 4953 @item M | |
| 4954 Show the phases of the moon for the three months around current date. | |
| 4955 @c | |
| 4956 @kindex S | |
| 4957 @item S | |
| 4958 Show sunrise and sunset times. The geographical location must be set | |
| 4959 with calendar variables, see documentation of the Emacs calendar. | |
| 4960 @c | |
| 4961 @kindex C | |
| 4962 @item C | |
| 4963 Convert the date at cursor into many other cultural and historic | |
| 4964 calendars. | |
| 4965 @c | |
| 4966 @kindex H | |
| 4967 @item H | |
| 4968 Show holidays for three month around the cursor date. | |
| 4969 @c | |
| 4970 @c FIXME: This should be a different key. | |
| 4971 @kindex C-c C-x C-c | |
| 4972 @item C-c C-x C-c | |
| 4973 Export a single iCalendar file containing entries from all agenda files. | |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 @tsubheading{Exporting to a file} | |
| 4976 @kindex C-x C-w | |
| 4977 @item C-x C-w | |
| 4978 @cindex exporting agenda views | |
| 4979 @cindex agenda views, exporting | |
| 4980 Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the | |
| 4981 selected file name, the view will be exported as HTML (extension | |
| 4982 @file{.html} or @file{.htm}), Postscript (extension @file{.ps}), or | |
| 4983 plain text (any other extension). Use the variable | |
| 4984 @code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} to set options for @file{ps-print} | |
| 4985 and for @file{htmlize} to be used during export. | |
| 4986 | |
| 4987 @tsubheading{Quit and Exit} | |
| 4988 @kindex q | |
| 4989 @item q | |
| 4990 Quit agenda, remove the agenda buffer. | |
| 4991 @c | |
| 4992 @kindex x | |
| 4993 @cindex agenda files, removing buffers | |
| 4994 @item x | |
| 4995 Exit agenda, remove the agenda buffer and all buffers loaded by Emacs | |
| 4996 for the compilation of the agenda. Buffers created by the user to | |
| 4997 visit org files will not be removed. | |
| 4998 @end table | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 @node Custom agenda views, , Agenda commands, Agenda views | |
| 5002 @section Custom agenda views | |
| 5003 @cindex custom agenda views | |
| 5004 @cindex agenda views, custom | |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 Custom agenda commands serve two purposes: to store and quickly access | |
| 5007 frequently used TODO and tags searches, and to create special composite | |
| 5008 agenda buffers. Custom agenda commands will be accessible through the | |
| 5009 dispatcher (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}), just like the default commands. | |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 @menu | |
| 5012 * Storing searches:: Type once, use often | |
| 5013 * Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer | |
| 5014 * Setting Options:: Changing the rules | |
| 5015 * Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing agendas to files. | |
| 5016 * Extracting Agenda Information for other programs:: | |
| 5017 @end menu | |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 @node Storing searches, Block agenda, Custom agenda views, Custom agenda views | |
| 5020 @subsection Storing searches | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 The first application of custom searches is the definition of keyboard | |
| 5023 shortcuts for frequently used searches, either creating an agenda | |
| 5024 buffer, or a sparse tree (the latter covering of course only the current | |
| 5025 buffer). | |
| 5026 @kindex C-c a C | |
| 5027 Custom commands are configured in the variable | |
| 5028 @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. You can customize this variable, for | |
| 5029 example by pressing @kbd{C-c a C}. You can also directly set it with | |
| 5030 Emacs Lisp in @file{.emacs}. The following example contains all valid | |
| 5031 search types: | |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 @lisp | |
| 5034 @group | |
| 5035 (setq org-agenda-custom-commands | |
| 5036 '(("w" todo "WAITING") | |
| 5037 ("W" todo-tree "WAITING") | |
| 5038 ("u" tags "+BOSS-URGENT") | |
| 5039 ("v" tags-todo "+BOSS-URGENT") | |
| 5040 ("U" tags-tree "+BOSS-URGENT") | |
| 5041 ("f" occur-tree "\\<FIXME\\>"))) | |
| 5042 @end group | |
| 5043 @end lisp | |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 @noindent | |
| 5046 The initial single-character string in each entry defines the character | |
| 5047 you have to press after the dispatcher command @kbd{C-c a} in order to | |
| 5048 access the command. The second parameter is the search type, followed | |
| 5049 by the string or regular expression to be used for the matching. The | |
| 5050 example above will therefore define: | |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 @table @kbd | |
| 5053 @item C-c a w | |
| 5054 as a global search for TODO entries with @samp{WAITING} as the TODO | |
| 5055 keyword | |
| 5056 @item C-c a W | |
| 5057 as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying the | |
| 5058 results as a sparse tree | |
| 5059 @item C-c a u | |
| 5060 as a global tags search for headlines marked @samp{:BOSS:} but not | |
| 5061 @samp{:URGENT:} | |
| 5062 @item C-c a v | |
| 5063 as the same search as @kbd{C-c a u}, but limiting the search to | |
| 5064 headlines that are also TODO items | |
| 5065 @item C-c a U | |
| 5066 as the same search as @kbd{C-c a u}, but only in the current buffer and | |
| 5067 displaying the result as a sparse tree | |
| 5068 @item C-c a f | |
| 5069 to create a sparse tree (again: current buffer only) with all entries | |
| 5070 containing the word @samp{FIXME}. | |
| 5071 @end table | |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 @node Block agenda, Setting Options, Storing searches, Custom agenda views | |
| 5074 @subsection Block agenda | |
| 5075 @cindex block agenda | |
| 5076 @cindex agenda, with block views | |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 Another possibility is the construction of agenda views that comprise | |
| 5079 the results of @emph{several} commands, each of which creates a block in | |
| 5080 the agenda buffer. The available commands include @code{agenda} for the | |
| 5081 daily or weekly agenda (as created with @kbd{C-c a a}), @code{alltodo} | |
| 5082 for the global todo list (as constructed with @kbd{C-c a t}), and the | |
| 5083 matching commands discussed above: @code{todo}, @code{tags}, and | |
| 5084 @code{tags-todo}. Here are two examples: | |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 @lisp | |
| 5087 @group | |
| 5088 (setq org-agenda-custom-commands | |
| 5089 '(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks" | |
| 5090 ((agenda) | |
| 5091 (tags-todo "HOME") | |
| 5092 (tags "GARDEN"))) | |
| 5093 ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks" | |
| 5094 ((agenda) | |
| 5095 (tags-todo "WORK") | |
| 5096 (tags "OFFICE"))))) | |
| 5097 @end group | |
| 5098 @end lisp | |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 @noindent | |
| 5101 This will define @kbd{C-c a h} to create a multi-block view for stuff | |
| 5102 you need to attend to at home. The resulting agenda buffer will contain | |
| 5103 your agenda for the current week, all TODO items that carry the tag | |
| 5104 @samp{HOME}, and also all lines tagged with @samp{GARDEN}. Finally the | |
| 5105 command @kbd{C-c a o} provides a similar view for office tasks. | |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 @node Setting Options, Exporting Agenda Views, Block agenda, Custom agenda views | |
| 5109 @subsection Setting Options for custom commands | |
| 5110 @cindex options, for custom agenda views | |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 Org-mode contains a number of variables regulating agenda construction | |
| 5113 and display. The global variables define the behavior for all agenda | |
| 5114 commands, including the custom commands. However, if you want to change | |
| 5115 some settings just for a single custom view, you can do so. Setting | |
| 5116 options requires inserting a list of variable names and values at the | |
| 5117 right spot in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. For example: | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 @lisp | |
| 5120 @group | |
| 5121 (setq org-agenda-custom-commands | |
| 5122 '(("w" todo "WAITING" | |
| 5123 ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down)) | |
| 5124 (org-agenda-prefix-format " Mixed: "))) | |
| 5125 ("U" tags-tree "+BOSS-URGENT" | |
| 5126 ((org-show-following-heading nil) | |
| 5127 (org-show-hierarchy-above nil))))) | |
| 5128 @end group | |
| 5129 @end lisp | |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 @noindent | |
| 5132 Now the @kbd{C-c a w} command will sort the collected entries only by | |
| 5133 priority, and the prefix format is modified to just say @samp{ Mixed:} | |
| 5134 instead of giving the category of the entry. The sparse tags tree of | |
| 5135 @kbd{C-c a U} will now turn out ultra-compact, because neither the | |
| 5136 headline hierarchy above the match, nor the headline following the match | |
| 5137 will be shown. | |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 For command sets creating a block agenda, | |
| 5140 @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} has two separate spots for setting | |
| 5141 options. You can add options that should be valid for just a single | |
| 5142 command in the set, and options that should be valid for all commands in | |
| 5143 the set. The former are just added to the command entry, the latter | |
| 5144 must come after the list of command entries. Going back to the block | |
| 5145 agenda example (@pxref{Block agenda}), let's change the sorting strategy | |
| 5146 for the @kbd{C-c a h} commands to @code{priority-down}, but let's sort | |
| 5147 the results for GARDEN tags query in the opposite order, | |
| 5148 @code{priority-up}. This would look like this: | |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 @lisp | |
| 5151 @group | |
| 5152 (setq org-agenda-custom-commands | |
| 5153 '(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks" | |
| 5154 ((agenda) | |
| 5155 (tags-todo "HOME") | |
| 5156 (tags "GARDEN" | |
| 5157 ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-up))))) | |
| 5158 ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down)))) | |
| 5159 ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks" | |
| 5160 ((agenda) | |
| 5161 (tags-todo "WORK") | |
| 5162 (tags "OFFICE"))))) | |
| 5163 @end group | |
| 5164 @end lisp | |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 As you see, the values and parenthesis setting is a little complex. | |
| 5167 When in doubt, use the customize interface to set this variable - it | |
| 5168 fully supports its structure. Just one caveat: When setting options in | |
| 5169 this interface, the @emph{values} are just lisp expressions. So if the | |
| 5170 value is a string, you need to add the double quotes around the value | |
| 5171 yourself. | |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 @node Exporting Agenda Views, Extracting Agenda Information for other programs, Setting Options, Custom agenda views | |
| 5175 @subsection Exporting Agenda Views | |
| 5176 @cindex agenda views, exporting | |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 If you are away from your computer, it can be very useful to have a | |
| 5179 printed version of some agenda views to carry around. Org-mode can | |
| 5180 export custom agenda views as plain text, HTML@footnote{You need to | |
| 5181 install Hrvoje Niksic' @file{htmlize.el}.} and postscript. If you want | |
| 5182 to do this only occasionally, use the command | |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 @table @kbd | |
| 5185 @kindex C-x C-w | |
| 5186 @item C-x C-w | |
| 5187 @cindex exporting agenda views | |
| 5188 @cindex agenda views, exporting | |
| 5189 Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the | |
| 5190 selected file name, the view will be exported as HTML (extension | |
| 5191 @file{.html} or @file{.htm}), Postscript (extension @file{.ps}), or | |
| 5192 plain text (any other extension). Use the variable | |
| 5193 @code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} to set options for @file{ps-print} | |
| 5194 and for @file{htmlize} to be used during export, for example | |
| 5195 @lisp | |
| 5196 (setq org-agenda-exporter-settings | |
| 5197 '((ps-number-of-columns 2) | |
| 5198 (ps-landscape-mode t) | |
| 5199 (htmlize-output-type 'css))) | |
| 5200 @end lisp | |
| 5201 @end table | |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 If you need to export certain agenda views frequently, you can associate | |
| 5204 any custom agenda command with a list of output file names | |
| 5205 @footnote{If you want to store standard views like the weekly agenda | |
| 5206 or the global TODO list as well, you need to define custom commands for | |
| 5207 them in order to be able to specify filenames.}. Here is an example | |
| 5208 that first does define custom commands for the agenda and the global | |
| 5209 todo list, together with a number of files to which to export them. | |
| 5210 Then we define two block agenda commands and specify filenames for them | |
| 5211 as well. File names can be relative to the current working directory, | |
| 5212 or absolute. | |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 @lisp | |
| 5215 @group | |
| 5216 (setq org-agenda-custom-commands | |
| 5217 '(("X" agenda "" nil ("agenda.html" "agenda.ps")) | |
| 5218 ("Y" alltodo "" nil ("todo.html" "todo.txt" "todo.ps")) | |
| 5219 ("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks" | |
| 5220 ((agenda) | |
| 5221 (tags-todo "HOME") | |
| 5222 (tags "GARDEN")) | |
| 5223 nil | |
| 5224 ("~/views/home.html")) | |
| 5225 ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks" | |
| 5226 ((agenda) | |
| 5227 (tags-todo "WORK") | |
| 5228 (tags "OFFICE")) | |
| 5229 nil | |
| 5230 ("~/views/office.ps")))) | |
| 5231 @end group | |
| 5232 @end lisp | |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 The extension of the file name determines the type of export. If it is | |
| 5235 @file{.html}, Org-mode will use the @file{htmlize.el} package to convert | |
| 5236 the buffer to HTML and save it to this file name. If the extension is | |
| 5237 @file{.ps}, @code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} is used to produce | |
| 5238 postscript output. Any other extension produces a plain ASCII file. | |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 The export files are @emph{not} created when you use one of those | |
| 5241 commands interactively. Instead, there is a special command to produce | |
| 5242 @emph{all} specified files in one step: | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 @table @kbd | |
| 5245 @kindex C-c a e | |
| 5246 @item C-c a e | |
| 5247 Export all agenda views that have export filenames associated with | |
| 5248 them. | |
| 5249 @end table | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 You can use the options section of the custom agenda commands to also | |
| 5252 set options for the export commands. For example: | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 @lisp | |
| 5255 (setq org-agenda-custom-commands | |
| 5256 '(("X" agenda "" | |
| 5257 ((ps-number-of-columns 2) | |
| 5258 (ps-landscape-mode t) | |
| 5259 (org-agenda-prefix-format " [ ] ") | |
| 5260 (org-agenda-with-colors nil) | |
| 5261 (org-agenda-remove-tags t)) | |
| 5262 ("theagenda.ps")))) | |
| 5263 @end lisp | |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 @noindent | |
| 5266 This command sets two options for the postscript exporter, to make it | |
| 5267 print in two columns in landscape format - the resulting page can be cut | |
| 5268 in two and then used in a paper agenda. The remaining settings modify | |
| 5269 the agenda prefix to omit category and scheduling information, and | |
| 5270 instead include a checkbox to check off items. We also remove the tags | |
| 5271 to make the lines compact, and we don't want to use colors for the | |
| 5272 black-and-white printer. Settings specified in | |
| 5273 @code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} will also apply, but the settings | |
| 5274 in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} take precedence. | |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 @noindent | |
| 5277 From the command line you may also use | |
| 5278 @example | |
| 5279 emacs -f org-batch-store-agenda-views -kill | |
| 5280 @end example | |
| 5281 @noindent | |
| 5282 or, if you need to modify some parameters | |
| 5283 @example | |
| 5284 emacs -eval '(org-batch-store-agenda-views \ | |
| 5285 org-agenda-ndays 30 \ | |
| 5286 org-agenda-include-diary nil \ | |
| 5287 org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \ | |
| 5288 -kill | |
| 5289 @end example | |
| 5290 @noindent | |
| 5291 which will create the agenda views restricted to the file | |
| 5292 @file{~/org/project.org}, without diary entries and with 30 days | |
| 5293 extent. | |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 @node Extracting Agenda Information for other programs, , Exporting Agenda Views, Custom agenda views | |
| 5296 @subsection Extracting Agenda Information for other programs | |
| 5297 @cindex agenda, pipe | |
| 5298 @cindex Scripts, for agenda processing | |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 Org-mode provides commands to access agenda information for the command | |
| 5301 line in emacs batch mode. This extracted information can be sent | |
| 5302 directly to a printer, or it can be read by a program that does further | |
| 5303 processing of the data. The first of these commands is the function | |
| 5304 @code{org-batch-agenda}, that produces an agenda view and sends it as | |
| 5305 ASCII text to STDOUT. The command takes a single string as parameter. | |
| 5306 If the string has length 1, it is used as a key to one of the commands | |
| 5307 you have configured in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}, basically any | |
| 5308 key you can use after @kbd{C-c a}. For example, to directly print the | |
| 5309 current TODO list, you could use | |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 @example | |
| 5312 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda "t")' | lpr | |
| 5313 @end example | |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 If the parameter is a string with 2 or more characters, it is used as a | |
| 5316 tags/todo match string. For example, to print your local shopping list | |
| 5317 (all items with the tag @samp{shop}, but excluding the tag | |
| 5318 @samp{NewYork}), you could use | |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 @example | |
| 5321 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \ | |
| 5322 -eval '(org-batch-agenda "+shop-NewYork")' | lpr | |
| 5323 @end example | |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 @noindent | |
| 5326 You may also modify parameters on the fly like this: | |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 @example | |
| 5329 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \ | |
| 5330 -eval '(org-batch-agenda "a" \ | |
| 5331 org-agenda-ndays 30 \ | |
| 5332 org-agenda-include-diary nil \ | |
| 5333 org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \ | |
| 5334 | lpr | |
| 5335 @end example | |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 @noindent | |
| 5338 which will produce a 30 day agenda, fully restricted to the Org file | |
| 5339 @file{~/org/projects.org}, not even including the diary. | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 If you want to process the agenda data in more sophisticated ways, you | |
| 5342 can use the command @code{org-batch-agenda-csv} to get a comma-separated | |
| 5343 list of values for each agenda item. Each line in the output will | |
| 5344 contain a number of fields separated by commas. The fields in a line | |
| 5345 are: | |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 @example | |
| 5348 category @r{The category of the item} | |
| 5349 head @r{The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY} | |
| 5350 type @r{The type of the agenda entry, can be} | |
| 5351 todo @r{selected in TODO match} | |
| 5352 tagsmatch @r{selected in tags match} | |
| 5353 diary @r{imported from diary} | |
| 5354 deadline @r{a deadline} | |
| 5355 scheduled @r{scheduled} | |
| 5356 timestamp @r{appointment, selected by timestamp} | |
| 5357 closed @r{entry was closed on date} | |
| 5358 upcoming-deadline @r{warning about nearing deadline} | |
| 5359 past-scheduled @r{forwarded scheduled item} | |
| 5360 block @r{entry has date block including date} | |
| 5361 todo @r{The todo keyword, if any} | |
| 5362 tags @r{All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons} | |
| 5363 date @r{The relevant date, like 2007-2-14} | |
| 5364 time @r{The time, like 15:00-16:50} | |
| 5365 extra @r{String with extra planning info} | |
| 5366 priority-l @r{The priority letter if any was given} | |
| 5367 priority-n @r{The computed numerical priority} | |
| 5368 @end example | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 @noindent | |
| 5371 Time and date will only be given if a timestamp (or deadline/scheduled) | |
| 5372 lead to the selection of the item. | |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 A CSV list like this is very easy to use in a post processing script. | |
| 5375 For example, here is a Perl program that gets the TODO list from | |
| 5376 Emacs/org-mode and prints all the items, preceded by a checkbox: | |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 @example | |
| 5379 @group | |
| 5380 #!/usr/bin/perl | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 # define the Emacs command to run | |
| 5383 $cmd = "emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda-csv \"t\")'"; | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 # run it and capture the output | |
| 5386 $agenda = qx@{$cmd 2>/dev/null@}; | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 # loop over all lines | |
| 5389 foreach $line (split(/\n/,$agenda)) @{ | |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 # get the individual values | |
| 5392 ($category,$head,$type,$todo,$tags,$date,$time,$extra, | |
| 5393 $priority_l,$priority_n) = split(/,/,$line); | |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 # proccess and print | |
| 5396 print "[ ] $head\n"; | |
| 5397 @} | |
| 5398 @end group | |
| 5399 @end example | |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 @node Embedded LaTeX, Exporting, Agenda views, Top | |
| 5402 @chapter Embedded LaTeX | |
| 5403 @cindex @TeX{} interpretation | |
| 5404 @cindex La@TeX{} interpretation | |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 Plain ASCII is normally sufficient for almost all note taking. One | |
| 5407 exception, however, are scientific notes which need to be able to | |
| 5408 contain mathematical symbols and the occasional formula. | |
| 5409 La@TeX{}@footnote{La@TeX{} is a macro system based on Donald E. Knuth's | |
| 5410 @TeX{} system. Many of the features described here as ``La@TeX{}'' are | |
| 5411 really from @TeX{}, but for simplicity I am blurring this distinction.} | |
| 5412 is widely used to typeset scientific documents. Org-mode supports | |
| 5413 embedding La@TeX{} code into its files, because many academics are used | |
| 5414 to read La@TeX{} source code, and because it can be readily processed | |
| 5415 into images for HTML production. | |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 It is not necessary to mark La@TeX{} macros and code in any special way. | |
| 5418 If you observe a few conventions, Org-mode knows how to find it and what | |
| 5419 to do with it. | |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 @menu | |
| 5422 * Math symbols:: TeX macros for symbols and Greek letters | |
| 5423 * Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text | |
| 5424 * LaTeX fragments:: Complex formulas made easy | |
| 5425 * Processing LaTeX fragments:: Previewing LaTeX processing | |
| 5426 * CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas | |
| 5427 @end menu | |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 @node Math symbols, Subscripts and Superscripts, Embedded LaTeX, Embedded LaTeX | |
| 5430 @section Math symbols | |
| 5431 @cindex math symbols | |
| 5432 @cindex TeX macros | |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 You can use La@TeX{} macros to insert special symbols like @samp{\alpha} | |
| 5435 to indicate the Greek letter, or @samp{\to} to indicate an arrow. | |
| 5436 Completion for these macros is available, just type @samp{\} and maybe a | |
| 5437 few letters, and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to see possible completions. | |
| 5438 Unlike La@TeX{} code, Org-mode allows these macros to be present | |
| 5439 without surrounding math delimiters, for example: | |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 @example | |
| 5442 Angles are written as Greek letters \alpha, \beta and \gamma. | |
| 5443 @end example | |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 During HTML export (@pxref{HTML export}), these symbols are translated | |
| 5446 into the proper syntax for HTML, for the above examples this is | |
| 5447 @samp{α} and @samp{→}, respectively. | |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 @node Subscripts and Superscripts, LaTeX fragments, Math symbols, Embedded LaTeX | |
| 5450 @section Subscripts and Superscripts | |
| 5451 @cindex subscript | |
| 5452 @cindex superscript | |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 Just like in La@TeX{}, @samp{^} and @samp{_} are used to indicate super- | |
| 5455 and subscripts. Again, these can be used without embedding them in | |
| 5456 math-mode delimiters. To increase the readability of ASCII text, it is | |
| 5457 not necessary (but OK) to surround multi-character sub- and superscripts | |
| 5458 with curly braces. For example | |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 @example | |
| 5461 The mass if the sun is M_sun = 1.989 x 10^30 kg. The radius of | |
| 5462 the sun is R_@{sun@} = 6.96 x 10^8 m. | |
| 5463 @end example | |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 To avoid interpretation as raised or lowered text, you can quote | |
| 5466 @samp{^} and @samp{_} with a backslash: @samp{\_} and @samp{\^}. | |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 During HTML export (@pxref{HTML export}), subscript and superscripts | |
| 5469 are surrounded with @code{<sub>} and @code{<sup>} tags, respectively. | |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 @node LaTeX fragments, Processing LaTeX fragments, Subscripts and Superscripts, Embedded LaTeX | |
| 5472 @section LaTeX fragments | |
| 5473 @cindex LaTeX fragments | |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 With symbols, sub- and superscripts, HTML is pretty much at its end when | |
| 5476 it comes to representing mathematical formulas@footnote{Yes, there is | |
| 5477 MathML, but that is not yet fully supported by many browsers, and there | |
| 5478 is no decent converter for turning La@TeX{} or ASCII representations of | |
| 5479 formulas into MathML. So for the time being, converting formulas into | |
| 5480 images seems the way to go.}. More complex expressions need a dedicated | |
| 5481 formula processor. To this end, Org-mode can contain arbitrary La@TeX{} | |
| 5482 fragments. It provides commands to preview the typeset result of these | |
| 5483 fragments, and upon export to HTML, all fragments will be converted to | |
| 5484 images and inlined into the HTML document@footnote{The La@TeX{} export | |
| 5485 will not use images for displaying La@TeX{} fragments but include these | |
| 5486 fragments directly into the La@TeX{} code.}. For this to work you | |
| 5487 need to be on a system with a working La@TeX{} installation. You also | |
| 5488 need the @file{dvipng} program, available at | |
| 5489 @url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvipng/}. The La@TeX{} header that | |
| 5490 will be used when processing a fragment can be configured with the | |
| 5491 variable @code{org-format-latex-header}. | |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 La@TeX{} fragments don't need any special marking at all. The following | |
| 5494 snippets will be identified as La@TeX{} source code: | |
| 5495 @itemize @bullet | |
| 5496 @item | |
| 5497 Environments of any kind. The only requirement is that the | |
| 5498 @code{\begin} statement appears on a new line, preceded by only | |
| 5499 whitespace. | |
| 5500 @item | |
| 5501 Text within the usual La@TeX{} math delimiters. To avoid conflicts with | |
| 5502 currency specifications, single @samp{$} characters are only recognized | |
| 5503 as math delimiters if the enclosed text contains at most two line breaks, | |
| 5504 is directly attached to the @samp{$} characters with no whitespace in | |
| 5505 between, and if the closing @samp{$} is followed by whitespace or | |
| 5506 punctuation. For the other delimiters, there is no such restriction, so | |
| 5507 when in doubt, use @samp{\(...\)} as inline math delimiters. | |
| 5508 @end itemize | |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 @noindent For example: | |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 @example | |
| 5513 \begin@{equation@} % arbitrary environments, | |
| 5514 x=\sqrt@{b@} % even tables, figures | |
| 5515 \end@{equation@} % etc | |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 If $a^2=b$ and \( b=2 \), then the solution must be | |
| 5518 either $$ a=+\sqrt@{2@} $$ or \[ a=-\sqrt@{2@} \]. | |
| 5519 @end example | |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 @noindent | |
| 5522 If you need any of the delimiter ASCII sequences for other purposes, you | |
| 5523 can configure the option @code{org-format-latex-options} to deselect the | |
| 5524 ones you do not wish to have interpreted by the La@TeX{} converter. | |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 @node Processing LaTeX fragments, CDLaTeX mode, LaTeX fragments, Embedded LaTeX | |
| 5527 @section Processing LaTeX fragments | |
| 5528 @cindex LaTeX fragments, preview | |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 La@TeX{} fragments can be processed to produce a preview images of the | |
| 5531 typeset expressions: | |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 @table @kbd | |
| 5534 @kindex C-c C-x C-l | |
| 5535 @item C-c C-x C-l | |
| 5536 Produce a preview image of the La@TeX{} fragment at point and overlay it | |
| 5537 over the source code. If there is no fragment at point, process all | |
| 5538 fragments in the current entry (between two headlines). When called | |
| 5539 with a prefix argument, process the entire subtree. When called with | |
| 5540 two prefix arguments, or when the cursor is before the first headline, | |
| 5541 process the entire buffer. | |
| 5542 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 5543 @item C-c C-c | |
| 5544 Remove the overlay preview images. | |
| 5545 @end table | |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 During HTML export (@pxref{HTML export}), all La@TeX{} fragments are | |
| 5548 converted into images and inlined into the document if the following | |
| 5549 setting is active: | |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 @lisp | |
| 5552 (setq org-export-with-LaTeX-fragments t) | |
| 5553 @end lisp | |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 @node CDLaTeX mode, , Processing LaTeX fragments, Embedded LaTeX | |
| 5556 @section Using CDLaTeX to enter math | |
| 5557 @cindex CDLaTeX | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 CDLaTeX-mode is a minor mode that is normally used in combination with a | |
| 5560 major La@TeX{} mode like AUCTeX in order to speed-up insertion of | |
| 5561 environments and math templates. Inside Org-mode, you can make use of | |
| 5562 some of the features of cdlatex-mode. You need to install | |
| 5563 @file{cdlatex.el} and @file{texmathp.el} (the latter comes also with | |
| 5564 AUCTeX) from @url{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/cdlatex}. | |
| 5565 Don't turn cdlatex-mode itself under Org-mode, but use the light | |
| 5566 version @code{org-cdlatex-mode} that comes as part of Org-mode. Turn it | |
| 5567 on for the current buffer with @code{M-x org-cdlatex-mode}, or for all | |
| 5568 Org-mode files with | |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 @lisp | |
| 5571 (add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-org-cdlatex) | |
| 5572 @end lisp | |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 When this mode is enabled, the following features are present (for more | |
| 5575 details see the documentation of cdlatex-mode): | |
| 5576 @itemize @bullet | |
| 5577 @kindex C-c @{ | |
| 5578 @item | |
| 5579 Environment templates can be inserted with @kbd{C-c @{}. | |
| 5580 @item | |
| 5581 @kindex @key{TAB} | |
| 5582 The @key{TAB} key will do template expansion if the cursor is inside a | |
| 5583 La@TeX{} fragment@footnote{Org-mode has a method to test if the cursor is | |
| 5584 inside such a fragment, see the documentation of the function | |
| 5585 @code{org-inside-LaTeX-fragment-p}.}. For example, @key{TAB} will | |
| 5586 expand @code{fr} to @code{\frac@{@}@{@}} and position the cursor | |
| 5587 correctly inside the first brace. Another @key{TAB} will get you into | |
| 5588 the second brace. Even outside fragments, @key{TAB} will expand | |
| 5589 environment abbreviations at the beginning of a line. For example, if | |
| 5590 you write @samp{equ} at the beginning of a line and press @key{TAB}, | |
| 5591 this abbreviation will be expanded to an @code{equation} environment. | |
| 5592 To get a list of all abbreviations, type @kbd{M-x cdlatex-command-help}. | |
| 5593 @item | |
| 5594 @kindex _ | |
| 5595 @kindex ^ | |
| 5596 Pressing @kbd{_} and @kbd{^} inside a La@TeX{} fragment will insert these | |
| 5597 characters together with a pair of braces. If you use @key{TAB} to move | |
| 5598 out of the braces, and if the braces surround only a single character or | |
| 5599 macro, they are removed again (depending on the variable | |
| 5600 @code{cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts}). | |
| 5601 @item | |
| 5602 @kindex ` | |
| 5603 Pressing the backquote @kbd{`} followed by a character inserts math | |
| 5604 macros, also outside La@TeX{} fragments. If you wait more than 1.5 seconds | |
| 5605 after the backquote, a help window will pop up. | |
| 5606 @item | |
| 5607 @kindex ' | |
| 5608 Pressing the normal quote @kbd{'} followed by another character modifies | |
| 5609 the symbol before point with an accent or a font. If you wait more than | |
| 5610 1.5 seconds after the backquote, a help window will pop up. Character | |
| 5611 modification will work only inside La@TeX{} fragments, outside the quote | |
| 5612 is normal. | |
| 5613 @end itemize | |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 @node Exporting, Publishing, Embedded LaTeX, Top | |
| 5616 @chapter Exporting | |
| 5617 @cindex exporting | |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 Org-mode documents can be exported into a variety of other formats. For | |
| 5620 printing and sharing of notes, ASCII export produces a readable and | |
| 5621 simple version of an Org-mode file. HTML export allows you to publish a | |
| 5622 notes file on the web, while the XOXO format provides a solid base for | |
| 5623 exchange with a broad range of other applications. La@TeX{} export lets | |
| 5624 you use Org-mode and its structured editing functions to easily create | |
| 5625 La@TeX{} files. To incorporate entries with associated times like | |
| 5626 deadlines or appointments into a desktop calendar program like iCal, | |
| 5627 Org-mode can also produce extracts in the iCalendar format. Currently | |
| 5628 Org-mode only supports export, not import of these different formats. | |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 When exporting, Org-mode uses special conventions to enrich the output | |
| 5631 produced. @xref{Text interpretation}, for more details. | |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 @table @kbd | |
| 5634 @kindex C-c C-e | |
| 5635 @item C-c C-e | |
| 5636 Dispatcher for export and publishing commands. Displays a help-window | |
| 5637 listing the additional key(s) needed to launch an export or publishing | |
| 5638 command. | |
| 5639 @end table | |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 @menu | |
| 5642 * ASCII export:: Exporting to plain ASCII | |
| 5643 * HTML export:: Exporting to HTML | |
| 5644 * LaTeX export:: Exporting to LaTeX | |
| 5645 * XOXO export:: Exporting to XOXO | |
| 5646 * iCalendar export:: Exporting in iCalendar format | |
| 5647 * Text interpretation:: How the exporter looks at the file | |
| 5648 @end menu | |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 @node ASCII export, HTML export, Exporting, Exporting | |
| 5651 @section ASCII export | |
| 5652 @cindex ASCII export | |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 ASCII export produces a simple and very readable version of an Org-mode | |
| 5655 file. | |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 @cindex region, active | |
| 5658 @cindex active region | |
| 5659 @cindex transient-mark-mode | |
| 5660 @table @kbd | |
| 5661 @kindex C-c C-e a | |
| 5662 @item C-c C-e a | |
| 5663 Export as ASCII file. For an org file @file{myfile.org}, the ASCII file | |
| 5664 will be @file{myfile.txt}. The file will be overwritten without | |
| 5665 warning. If there is an active region, only the region will be | |
| 5666 exported. If the selected region is a single tree, the tree head will | |
| 5667 become the document title. If the tree head entry has or inherits an | |
| 5668 EXPORT_FILE_NAME property, that name will be used for the export. | |
| 5669 @kindex C-c C-e v a | |
| 5670 @item C-c C-e v a | |
| 5671 Export only the visible part of the document. | |
| 5672 @end table | |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 @cindex headline levels, for exporting | |
| 5675 In the exported version, the first 3 outline levels will become | |
| 5676 headlines, defining a general document structure. Additional levels | |
| 5677 will be exported as itemized lists. If you want that transition to occur | |
| 5678 at a different level, specify it with a prefix argument. For example, | |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 @example | |
| 5681 @kbd{C-1 C-c C-e a} | |
| 5682 @end example | |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 @noindent | |
| 5685 creates only top level headlines and does the rest as items. When | |
| 5686 headlines are converted to items, the indentation of the text following | |
| 5687 the headline is changed to fit nicely under the item. This is done with | |
| 5688 the assumption that the first bodyline indicates the base indentation of | |
| 5689 the body text. Any indentation larger than this is adjusted to preserve | |
| 5690 the layout relative to the first line. Should there be lines with less | |
| 5691 indentation than the first, these are left alone. | |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 @node HTML export, LaTeX export, ASCII export, Exporting | |
| 5694 @section HTML export | |
| 5695 @cindex HTML export | |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 Org-mode contains an HTML (XHTML 1.0 strict) exporter with extensive | |
| 5698 HTML formatting, in ways similar to John Grubers @emph{markdown} | |
| 5699 language, but with additional support for tables. | |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 @menu | |
| 5702 * HTML Export commands:: How to invoke LaTeX export | |
| 5703 * Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org-mode | |
| 5704 * Links:: Transformation of links for HTML | |
| 5705 * Images:: How to include images | |
| 5706 * CSS support:: Changing the appearence of the output | |
| 5707 @end menu | |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 @node HTML Export commands, Quoting HTML tags, HTML export, HTML export | |
| 5710 @subsection HTML export commands | |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 @cindex region, active | |
| 5713 @cindex active region | |
| 5714 @cindex transient-mark-mode | |
| 5715 @table @kbd | |
| 5716 @kindex C-c C-e h | |
| 5717 @item C-c C-e h | |
| 5718 Export as HTML file @file{myfile.html}. For an org file | |
| 5719 @file{myfile.org}, the ASCII file will be @file{myfile.html}. The file | |
| 5720 will be overwritten without warning. If there is an active region, only | |
| 5721 the region will be exported. If the selected region is a single tree, | |
| 5722 the tree head will become the document title. If the tree head entry | |
| 5723 has or inherits an EXPORT_FILE_NAME property, that name will be used for | |
| 5724 the export. | |
| 5725 @kindex C-c C-e b | |
| 5726 @item C-c C-e b | |
| 5727 Export as HTML file and immediately open it with a browser. | |
| 5728 @kindex C-c C-e H | |
| 5729 @item C-c C-e H | |
| 5730 Export to a temporary buffer, do not create a file. | |
| 5731 @kindex C-c C-e R | |
| 5732 @item C-c C-e H | |
| 5733 Export the active region to a temporary buffer. With prefix arg, do not | |
| 5734 produce file header and foot, but just the plain HTML section for the | |
| 5735 region. This is good for cut-and-paste operations. | |
| 5736 @kindex C-c C-e v h | |
| 5737 @kindex C-c C-e v b | |
| 5738 @kindex C-c C-e v H | |
| 5739 @kindex C-c C-e v R | |
| 5740 @item C-c C-e v h | |
| 5741 @item C-c C-e v b | |
| 5742 @item C-c C-e v H | |
| 5743 @item C-c C-e v R | |
| 5744 Export only the visible part of the document. | |
| 5745 @item M-x org-export-region-as-html | |
| 5746 Convert the region to HTML under the assumption that it was org-mode | |
| 5747 syntax before. This is a global command that can be invoked in any | |
| 5748 buffer. | |
| 5749 @item M-x org-replace-region-by-HTML | |
| 5750 Replace the active region (assumed to be in Org-mode syntax) by HTML | |
| 5751 code. | |
| 5752 @end table | |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 @cindex headline levels, for exporting | |
| 5755 In the exported version, the first 3 outline levels will become | |
| 5756 headlines, defining a general document structure. Additional levels | |
| 5757 will be exported as itemized lists. If you want that transition to occur | |
| 5758 at a different level, specify it with a prefix argument. For example, | |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 @example | |
| 5761 @kbd{C-2 C-c C-e b} | |
| 5762 @end example | |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 @noindent | |
| 5765 creates two levels of headings and does the rest as items. | |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 @node Quoting HTML tags, Links, HTML Export commands, HTML export | |
| 5768 @subsection Quoting HTML tags | |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 Plain @samp{<} and @samp{>} are always transformed to @samp{<} and | |
| 5771 @samp{>} in HTML export. If you want to include simple HTML tags | |
| 5772 which should be interpreted as such, mark them with @samp{@@} as in | |
| 5773 @samp{@@<b>bold text@@</b>}. Note that this really works only for | |
| 5774 simple tags. For more extensive HTML that should be copied verbatim to | |
| 5775 the exported file use either | |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 @example | |
| 5778 #+HTML: Literal HTML code for export | |
| 5779 @end example | |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 @noindent or | |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 @example | |
| 5784 #+BEGIN_HTML | |
| 5785 All lines between these markers are exported literally | |
| 5786 #+END_HTML | |
| 5787 @end example | |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 @node Links, Images, Quoting HTML tags, HTML export | |
| 5791 @subsection Links | |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 @cindex links, in HTML export | |
| 5794 @cindex internal links, in HTML export | |
| 5795 @cindex external links, in HTML export | |
| 5796 Internal links (@pxref{Internal links}) will continue to work in HTML | |
| 5797 files only if they match a dedicated @samp{<<target>>}. Automatic links | |
| 5798 created by radio targets (@pxref{Radio targets}) will also work in the | |
| 5799 HTML file. Links to external files will still work if the HTML file is | |
| 5800 in the same directory as the Org-mode file. Links to other @file{.org} | |
| 5801 files will be translated into HTML links under the assumption that an | |
| 5802 HTML version also exists of the linked file. For information related to | |
| 5803 linking files while publishing them to a publishing directory see | |
| 5804 @ref{Publishing links}. | |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 @node Images, CSS support, Links, HTML export | |
| 5807 @subsection Images | |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 @cindex images, inline in HTML | |
| 5810 @cindex inlining images in HTML | |
| 5811 HTML export can inline images given as links in the Org-mode file, and | |
| 5812 it can make an image the clickable part of a link. By | |
| 5813 default@footnote{but see the variable | |
| 5814 @code{org-export-html-inline-images}}, images are inlined if a link does | |
| 5815 not have a description. So @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg]]} will be inlined, | |
| 5816 while @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg][the image]]} will just produce a link | |
| 5817 @samp{the image} that points to the image. If the description part | |
| 5818 itself is a @code{file:} link or a @code{http:} URL pointing to an | |
| 5819 image, this image will be inlined and activated so that clicking on the | |
| 5820 image will activate the link. For example, to include a thumbnail that | |
| 5821 will link to a high resolution version of the image, you could use: | |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 @example | |
| 5824 [[file:highres.jpg][file:thumb.jpg]] | |
| 5825 @end example | |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 @noindent | |
| 5828 and you could use @code{http} addresses just as well. | |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 @node CSS support, , Images, HTML export | |
| 5831 @subsection CSS support | |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 You can also give style information for the exported file. The HTML | |
| 5834 exporter assigns the following CSS classes to appropriate parts of the | |
| 5835 document - your style specifications may change these: | |
| 5836 @example | |
| 5837 .todo @r{TODO keywords} | |
| 5838 .done @r{the DONE keyword} | |
| 5839 .timestamp @r{time stamp} | |
| 5840 .timestamp-kwd @r{keyword associated with a time stamp, like SCHEDULED} | |
| 5841 .tag @r{tag in a headline} | |
| 5842 .target @r{target for links} | |
| 5843 @end example | |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 The default style specification can be configured through the option | |
| 5846 @code{org-export-html-style}. If you want to use a file-local style, | |
| 5847 you may use file variables, best wrapped into a COMMENT section at the | |
| 5848 end of the outline tree. For example@footnote{Under Emacs 21, the | |
| 5849 continuation lines for a variable value should have no @samp{#} at the | |
| 5850 start of the line.}: | |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 @example | |
| 5853 * COMMENT html style specifications | |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 # Local Variables: | |
| 5856 # org-export-html-style: " <style type=\"text/css\"> | |
| 5857 # p @{font-weight: normal; color: gray; @} | |
| 5858 # h1 @{color: black; @} | |
| 5859 # </style>" | |
| 5860 # End: | |
| 5861 @end example | |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 Remember to execute @kbd{M-x normal-mode} after changing this to make | |
| 5864 the new style visible to Emacs. This command restarts org-mode for the | |
| 5865 current buffer and forces Emacs to re-evaluate the local variables | |
| 5866 section in the buffer. | |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 @c FIXME: More about header and footer styles | |
| 5869 @c FIXME: Talk about links and targets. | |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 @node LaTeX export, XOXO export, HTML export, Exporting | |
| 5872 @section LaTeX export | |
| 5873 @cindex LaTeX export | |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 Org-mode contains a La@TeX{} exporter written by Bastien Guerry. | |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 @menu | |
| 5878 * LaTeX export commands:: How to invoke LaTeX export | |
| 5879 * Quoting LaTeX code:: Incorporating literal LaTeX code | |
| 5880 @end menu | |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 @node LaTeX export commands, Quoting LaTeX code, LaTeX export, LaTeX export | |
| 5883 @subsection LaTeX export commands | |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 @table @kbd | |
| 5886 @kindex C-c C-e l | |
| 5887 @item C-c C-e l | |
| 5888 Export as La@TeX{} file @file{myfile.tex}. | |
| 5889 @kindex C-c C-e L | |
| 5890 @item C-c C-e L | |
| 5891 Export to a temporary buffer, do not create a file. | |
| 5892 @kindex C-c C-e v l | |
| 5893 @kindex C-c C-e v L | |
| 5894 @item C-c C-e v l | |
| 5895 @item C-c C-e v L | |
| 5896 Export only the visible part of the document. | |
| 5897 @item M-x org-export-region-as-latex | |
| 5898 Convert the region to La@TeX{} under the assumption that it was org-mode | |
| 5899 syntax before. This is a global command that can be invoked in any | |
| 5900 buffer. | |
| 5901 @item M-x org-replace-region-by-latex | |
| 5902 Replace the active region (assumed to be in Org-mode syntax) by La@TeX{} | |
| 5903 code. | |
| 5904 @end table | |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 @cindex headline levels, for exporting | |
| 5907 In the exported version, the first 3 outline levels will become | |
| 5908 headlines, defining a general document structure. Additional levels | |
| 5909 will be exported as description lists. The exporter can ignore them or | |
| 5910 convert them to a custom string depending on | |
| 5911 @code{org-latex-low-levels}. | |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 If you want that transition to occur at a different level, specify it | |
| 5914 with a prefix argument. For example, | |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 @example | |
| 5917 @kbd{C-2 C-c C-e l} | |
| 5918 @end example | |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 @noindent | |
| 5921 creates two levels of headings and does the rest as items. | |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 @node Quoting LaTeX code, , LaTeX export commands, LaTeX export | |
| 5924 @subsection Quoting LaTeX code | |
| 5925 | |
| 5926 Embedded La@TeX{} as described in @ref{Embedded LaTeX} will be correctly | |
| 5927 inserted into the La@TeX{} file. Forthermore, you can add special code | |
| 5928 that should only be present in La@TeX{} export with the following | |
| 5929 constructs: | |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 @example | |
| 5932 #+LaTeX: Literal LaTeX code for export | |
| 5933 @end example | |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 @noindent or | |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 @example | |
| 5938 #+BEGIN_LaTeX | |
| 5939 All lines between these markers are exported literally | |
| 5940 #+END_LaTeX | |
| 5941 @end example | |
| 5942 @node XOXO export, iCalendar export, LaTeX export, Exporting | |
| 5943 @section XOXO export | |
| 5944 @cindex XOXO export | |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 Org-mode contains an exporter that produces XOXO-style output. | |
| 5947 Currently, this exporter only handles the general outline structure and | |
| 5948 does not interpret any additional Org-mode features. | |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 @table @kbd | |
| 5951 @kindex C-c C-e x | |
| 5952 @item C-c C-e x | |
| 5953 Export as XOXO file @file{myfile.html}. | |
| 5954 @kindex C-c C-e v | |
| 5955 @item C-c C-e v x | |
| 5956 Export only the visible part of the document. | |
| 5957 @end table | |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 @node iCalendar export, Text interpretation, XOXO export, Exporting | |
| 5960 @section iCalendar export | |
| 5961 @cindex iCalendar export | |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 Some people like to use Org-mode for keeping track of projects, but | |
| 5964 still prefer a standard calendar application for anniversaries and | |
| 5965 appointments. In this case it can be useful to have deadlines and | |
| 5966 other time-stamped items in Org-mode files show up in the calendar | |
| 5967 application. Org-mode can export calendar information in the standard | |
| 5968 iCalendar format. If you also want to have TODO entries included in the | |
| 5969 export, configure the variable @code{org-icalendar-include-todo}. | |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 @table @kbd | |
| 5972 @kindex C-c C-e i | |
| 5973 @item C-c C-e i | |
| 5974 Create iCalendar entries for the current file and store them in the same | |
| 5975 directory, using a file extension @file{.ics}. | |
| 5976 @kindex C-c C-e I | |
| 5977 @item C-c C-e I | |
| 5978 Like @kbd{C-c C-e i}, but do this for all files in | |
| 5979 @code{org-agenda-files}. For each of these files, a separate iCalendar | |
| 5980 file will be written. | |
| 5981 @kindex C-c C-e c | |
| 5982 @item C-c C-e c | |
| 5983 Create a single large iCalendar file from all files in | |
| 5984 @code{org-agenda-files} and write it to the file given by | |
| 5985 @code{org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file}. | |
| 5986 @end table | |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 How this calendar is best read and updated, depends on the application | |
| 5989 you are using. The FAQ covers this issue. | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 @node Text interpretation, , iCalendar export, Exporting | |
| 5993 @section Text interpretation by the exporter | |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 The exporter backends interpret additional structure in the Org-mode file | |
| 5996 in order to produce better output. | |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 @menu | |
| 5999 * Comment lines:: Some lines will not be exported | |
| 6000 * Initial text:: Text before the first headline | |
| 6001 * Footnotes:: Numbers like [1] | |
| 6002 * Enhancing text:: Subscripts, symbols and more | |
| 6003 * Export options:: How to influence the export settings | |
| 6004 @end menu | |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 @node Comment lines, Initial text, Text interpretation, Text interpretation | |
| 6007 @subsection Comment lines | |
| 6008 @cindex comment lines | |
| 6009 @cindex exporting, not | |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 Lines starting with @samp{#} in column zero are treated as comments | |
| 6012 and will never be exported. Also entire subtrees starting with the | |
| 6013 word @samp{COMMENT} will never be exported. | |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 @table @kbd | |
| 6016 @kindex C-c ; | |
| 6017 @item C-c ; | |
| 6018 Toggle the COMMENT keyword at the beginning of an entry. | |
| 6019 @end table | |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 @node Initial text, Footnotes, Comment lines, Text interpretation | |
| 6022 @subsection Text before the first headline | |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 Org-mode normally ignores any text before the first headline when | |
| 6025 exporting, leaving this region for internal links to speed up navigation | |
| 6026 etc. However, in publishing-oriented files, you might want to have some | |
| 6027 text before the first headline, like a small introduction, special HTML | |
| 6028 code with a navigation bar, etc. You can ask to have this part of the | |
| 6029 file exported as well by setting the variable | |
| 6030 @code{org-export-skip-text-before-1st-heading} to @code{nil}. On a | |
| 6031 per-file basis, you can get the same effect with | |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 @example | |
| 6034 #+OPTIONS: skip:nil | |
| 6035 @end example | |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 The text before the first headline will be fully processed | |
| 6038 (@pxref{Enhancing text}), and the first non-comment line becomes the | |
| 6039 title of the exported document. If you need to include literal HTML, | |
| 6040 use the special constructs described in @ref{Quoting HTML tags}. The | |
| 6041 table of contents is normally inserted directly before the first | |
| 6042 headline of the file. If you would like to get it to a different | |
| 6043 location, insert the string @code{[TABLE-OF-CONTENTS]} on a line by | |
| 6044 itself at the desired location. | |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 Finally, if you want to use the space before the first headline for | |
| 6047 internal purposes, but @emph{still} want to place something before the | |
| 6048 first headline when exporting the file, you can use the @code{#+TEXT} | |
| 6049 construct: | |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 @example | |
| 6052 #+OPTIONS: skip:t | |
| 6053 #+TEXT: This text will go before the *first* headline. | |
| 6054 #+TEXT: We place the table of contents here: | |
| 6055 #+TEXT: [TABLE-OF-CONTENTS] | |
| 6056 #+TEXT: This goes between the table of contents and the first headline | |
| 6057 @end example | |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 @node Footnotes, Enhancing text, Initial text, Text interpretation | |
| 6060 @subsection Footnotes | |
| 6061 @cindex footnotes | |
| 6062 @cindex @file{footnote.el} | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 Numbers in square brackets are treated as footnotes, so that you can use | |
| 6065 the Emacs package @file{footnote.el} to create footnotes. For example: | |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 @example | |
| 6068 The org-mode homepage[1] clearly needs help from | |
| 6069 a good web designer. | |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 [1] The link is: http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/org | |
| 6072 @end example | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 @noindent | |
| 6075 @kindex C-c ! | |
| 6076 Note that the @file{footnote} package uses @kbd{C-c !} to invoke its | |
| 6077 commands. This binding conflicts with the org-mode command for | |
| 6078 inserting inactive time stamps. You could use the variable | |
| 6079 @code{footnote-prefix} to switch footnotes commands to another key. Or, | |
| 6080 if you are too used to this binding, you could use | |
| 6081 @code{org-replace-disputed-keys} and @code{org-disputed-keys} to change | |
| 6082 the settings in Org-mode. | |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 @node Enhancing text, Export options, Footnotes, Text interpretation | |
| 6085 @subsection Enhancing text for export | |
| 6086 @cindex enhancing text | |
| 6087 @cindex richer text | |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 Some of the export backends of Org-mode allow for sophisticated text | |
| 6090 formatting, this is true in particular for the HTML and La@TeX{} | |
| 6091 backends. Org-mode has a number of typing conventions that allow to | |
| 6092 produce a richly formatted output. | |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 @itemize @bullet | |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 @cindex hand-formatted lists | |
| 6097 @cindex lists, hand-formatted | |
| 6098 @item | |
| 6099 Plain lists @samp{-}, @samp{*} or @samp{+} as bullet, or with @samp{1.} | |
| 6100 or @samp{2)} as enumerator will be recognized and transformed if the | |
| 6101 backend supports lists. See @xref{Plain lists}. | |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 @cindex underlined text | |
| 6104 @cindex bold text | |
| 6105 @cindex italic text | |
| 6106 @item | |
| 6107 You can make words @b{*bold*}, @i{/italic/}, _underlined_, | |
| 6108 @code{=code=}, and even @samp{+strikethrough+}@footnote{but remember | |
| 6109 that strikethrough is typographically evil and should @i{never} be | |
| 6110 used.}. | |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 @cindex horizontal rules, in exported files | |
| 6113 @item | |
| 6114 A line consisting of only dashes, and at least 5 of them, will be | |
| 6115 exported as a horizontal line (@samp{<hr/>} in HTML). | |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 @cindex LaTeX fragments, export | |
| 6118 @cindex TeX macros, export | |
| 6119 @item | |
| 6120 Many @TeX{} macros and entire La@TeX{} fragments are converted into HTML | |
| 6121 entities or images (@pxref{Embedded LaTeX}). | |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 @cindex tables, export | |
| 6124 @item | |
| 6125 Tables are transformed into native tables under the exporter, if the | |
| 6126 export backend supports this. Data fields before the first horizontal | |
| 6127 separator line will be formatted as table header fields. | |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 @cindex fixed width | |
| 6130 @item | |
| 6131 If a headline starts with the word @samp{QUOTE}, the text below the | |
| 6132 headline will be typeset as fixed-width, to allow quoting of computer | |
| 6133 codes etc. Lines starting with @samp{:} are also typeset in fixed-width | |
| 6134 font. | |
| 6135 @table @kbd | |
| 6136 @kindex C-c : | |
| 6137 @item C-c : | |
| 6138 Toggle fixed-width for entry (QUOTE) or region, see below. | |
| 6139 @end table | |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 @cindex linebreak, forced | |
| 6142 @item | |
| 6143 A double backslash @emph{at the end of a line} enforces a line break at | |
| 6144 this position. | |
| 6145 @end itemize | |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 If these conversions conflict with your habits of typing ASCII text, | |
| 6148 they can all be turned off with corresponding variables. See the | |
| 6149 customization group @code{org-export-general}, and the following section | |
| 6150 which explains how to set export options with special lines in a | |
| 6151 buffer. | |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 @node Export options, , Enhancing text, Text interpretation | |
| 6155 @subsection Export options | |
| 6156 @cindex options, for export | |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 @cindex completion, of option keywords | |
| 6159 The exporter recognizes special lines in the buffer which provide | |
| 6160 additional information. These lines may be put anywhere in the file. | |
| 6161 The whole set of lines can be inserted into the buffer with @kbd{C-c | |
| 6162 C-e t}. For individual lines, a good way to make sure the keyword is | |
| 6163 correct is to type @samp{#+} and then use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} completion | |
| 6164 (@pxref{Completion}). | |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 @table @kbd | |
| 6167 @kindex C-c C-e t | |
| 6168 @item C-c C-e t | |
| 6169 Insert template with export options, see example below. | |
| 6170 @end table | |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 @example | |
| 6173 #+TITLE: the title to be shown (default is the buffer name) | |
| 6174 #+AUTHOR: the author (default taken from @code{user-full-name}) | |
| 6175 #+EMAIL: his/her email address (default from @code{user-mail-address}) | |
| 6176 #+LANGUAGE: language for HTML, e.g. @samp{en} (@code{org-export-default-language}) | |
| 6177 #+TEXT: Some descriptive text to be inserted at the beginning. | |
| 6178 #+TEXT: Several lines may be given. | |
| 6179 #+OPTIONS: H:2 num:t toc:t \n:nil @@:t ::t |:t ^:t f:t TeX:t ... | |
| 6180 @end example | |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 @noindent | |
| 6183 The OPTIONS line is a compact form to specify export settings. Here | |
| 6184 you can: | |
| 6185 @cindex headline levels | |
| 6186 @cindex section-numbers | |
| 6187 @cindex table of contents | |
| 6188 @cindex linebreak preservation | |
| 6189 @cindex quoted HTML tags | |
| 6190 @cindex fixed-width sections | |
| 6191 @cindex tables | |
| 6192 @cindex @TeX{}-like syntax for sub- and superscripts | |
| 6193 @cindex footnotes | |
| 6194 @cindex emphasized text | |
| 6195 @cindex @TeX{} macros | |
| 6196 @cindex La@TeX{} fragments | |
| 6197 @cindex author info, in export | |
| 6198 @cindex time info, in export | |
| 6199 @example | |
| 6200 H: @r{set the number of headline levels for export} | |
| 6201 num: @r{turn on/off section-numbers} | |
| 6202 toc: @r{turn on/off table of contents, or set level limit (integer)} | |
| 6203 \n: @r{turn on/off linebreak-preservation} | |
| 6204 @@: @r{turn on/off quoted HTML tags} | |
| 6205 :: @r{turn on/off fixed-width sections} | |
| 6206 |: @r{turn on/off tables} | |
| 6207 ^: @r{turn on/off @TeX{}-like syntax for sub- and superscripts. If} | |
| 6208 @r{you write "^:@{@}", @code{a_@{b@}} will be interpreted, but} | |
| 6209 @r{the simple @code{a_b} will be left as it is.} | |
| 6210 f: @r{turn on/off foototes like this[1].} | |
| 6211 *: @r{turn on/off emphasized text (bold, italic, underlined)} | |
| 6212 TeX: @r{turn on/off simple @TeX{} macros in plain text} | |
| 6213 LaTeX: @r{turn on/off La@TeX{} fragments} | |
| 6214 skip: @r{turn on/off skipping the text before the first heading} | |
| 6215 author: @r{turn on/off inclusion of author name/email into exported file} | |
| 6216 timestamp: @r{turn on/off inclusion creation time into exported file} | |
| 6217 @end example | |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 These options take effect in both the HTML and La@TeX{} export, except | |
| 6220 for @code{TeX} and @code{LaTeX}, which are respectively @code{t} and | |
| 6221 @code{nil} for the La@TeX{} export. | |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 @node Publishing, Miscellaneous, Exporting, Top | |
| 6224 @chapter Publishing | |
| 6225 @cindex publishing | |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 Org-mode includes@footnote{@file{org-publish.el} is not distributed with | |
| 6228 Emacs 21, if you are still using Emacs 21, you need you need to download | |
| 6229 this file separately.} a publishing management system that allows you to | |
| 6230 configure automatic HTML conversion of @emph{projects} composed of | |
| 6231 interlinked org files. This system is called @emph{org-publish}. You can | |
| 6232 also configure org-publish to automatically upload your exported HTML | |
| 6233 pages and related attachments, such as images and source code files, to | |
| 6234 a web server. Org-publish turns org-mode into a web-site authoring tool. | |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 You can also use Org-publish to convert files into La@TeX{}, or even | |
| 6237 combine HTML and La@TeX{} conversion so that files are available in both | |
| 6238 formats on the server@footnote{Since La@TeX{} files on a server are not | |
| 6239 that helpful, you surely want to perform further conversion on them -- | |
| 6240 e.g. convert them to @code{PDF} format.}. | |
| 6241 | |
| 6242 Org-publish has been contributed to Org-mode by David O'Toole. | |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 @menu | |
| 6245 * Configuration:: Defining projects | |
| 6246 * Sample configuration:: Example projects | |
| 6247 * Triggering publication:: Publication commands | |
| 6248 @end menu | |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 @node Configuration, Sample configuration, Publishing, Publishing | |
| 6251 @section Configuration | |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 Publishing needs significant configuration to specify files, destination | |
| 6254 and many other properties of a project. | |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 @menu | |
| 6257 * Project alist:: The central configuration variable | |
| 6258 * Sources and destinations:: From here to there | |
| 6259 * Selecting files:: What files are part of the project? | |
| 6260 * Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing | |
| 6261 * Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML export | |
| 6262 * Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing? | |
| 6263 * Project page index:: Publishing a list of project files | |
| 6264 @end menu | |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 @node Project alist, Sources and destinations, Configuration, Configuration | |
| 6267 @subsection The variable @code{org-publish-project-alist} | |
| 6268 @cindex org-publish-project-alist | |
| 6269 @cindex projects, for publishing | |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 Org-publish is configured almost entirely through setting the value of | |
| 6272 one variable, called @code{org-publish-project-alist}. | |
| 6273 Each element of the list configures one project, and may be in one of | |
| 6274 the two following forms: | |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 @lisp | |
| 6277 ("project-name" :property value :property value ...) | |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 @r{or} | |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 ("project-name" :components ("project-name" "project-name" ...)) | |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 @end lisp | |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 In both cases, projects are configured by specifying property values. | |
| 6286 A project defines the set of files that will be published, as well as | |
| 6287 the publishing configuration to use when publishing those files. When | |
| 6288 a project takes the second form listed above, the individual members | |
| 6289 of the ``components'' property are taken to be components of the | |
| 6290 project, which group together files requiring different publishing | |
| 6291 options. When you publish such a ``meta-project'' all the components | |
| 6292 will also publish. | |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 @node Sources and destinations, Selecting files, Project alist, Configuration | |
| 6295 @subsection Sources and destinations for files | |
| 6296 @cindex directories, for publishing | |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 Most properties are optional, but some should always be set. In | |
| 6299 particular, org-publish needs to know where to look for source files, | |
| 6300 and where to put published files. | |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7 | |
| 6303 @item @code{:base-directory} | |
| 6304 @tab Directory containing publishing source files | |
| 6305 @item @code{:publishing-directory} | |
| 6306 @tab Directory (possibly remote) where output files will be published. | |
| 6307 @item @code{:preparation-function} | |
| 6308 @tab Function called before starting publishing process, for example to | |
| 6309 run @code{make} for updating files to be published. | |
| 6310 @end multitable | |
| 6311 @noindent | |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 @node Selecting files, Publishing action, Sources and destinations, Configuration | |
| 6314 @subsection Selecting files | |
| 6315 @cindex files, selecting for publishing | |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 By default, all files with extension @file{.org} in the base directory | |
| 6318 are considered part of the project. This can be modified by setting the | |
| 6319 properties | |
| 6320 @multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75 | |
| 6321 @item @code{:base-extension} | |
| 6322 @tab Extension (without the dot!) of source files. This actually is a | |
| 6323 regular expression. | |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 @item @code{:exclude} | |
| 6326 @tab Regular expression to match file names that should not be | |
| 6327 published, even though they have been selected on the basis of their | |
| 6328 extension. | |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 @item @code{:include} | |
| 6331 @tab List of files to be included regardless of @code{:base-extension} | |
| 6332 and @code{:exclude}. | |
| 6333 @end multitable | |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 @node Publishing action, Publishing options, Selecting files, Configuration | |
| 6336 @subsection Publishing Action | |
| 6337 @cindex action, for publishing | |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 Publishing means that a file is copied to the destination directory and | |
| 6340 possibly transformed in the process. The default transformation is to | |
| 6341 export Org-mode files as HTML files, and this is done by the function | |
| 6342 @code{org-publish-org-to-html} which calls the HTML exporter | |
| 6343 (@pxref{HTML export}). But you also can publish your files in La@TeX{} by | |
| 6344 using the function @code{org-publish-org-to-latex} instead. Other files | |
| 6345 like images only need to be copied to the publishing destination. For | |
| 6346 non-Org-mode files, you need to specify the publishing function. | |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7 | |
| 6350 @item @code{:publishing-function} | |
| 6351 @tab Function executing the publication of a file. This may also be a | |
| 6352 list of functions, which will all be called in turn. | |
| 6353 @end multitable | |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 The function must accept two arguments: a property list containing at | |
| 6356 least a @code{:publishing-directory} property, and the name of the file | |
| 6357 to be published. It should take the specified file, make the necessary | |
| 6358 transformation (if any) and place the result into the destination folder. | |
| 6359 You can write your own publishing function, but @code{org-publish} | |
| 6360 provides one for attachments (files that only need to be copied): | |
| 6361 @code{org-publish-attachment}. | |
| 6362 | |
| 6363 @node Publishing options, Publishing links, Publishing action, Configuration | |
| 6364 @subsection Options for the HTML/LaTeX exporters | |
| 6365 @cindex options, for publishing | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 The property list can be used to set many export options for the HTML | |
| 6368 and La@TeX{} exporters. In most cases, these properties correspond to user | |
| 6369 variables in Org-mode. The table below lists these properties along | |
| 6370 with the variable they belong to. See the documentation string for the | |
| 6371 respective variable for details. | |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7 | |
| 6374 @item @code{:language} @tab @code{org-export-default-language} | |
| 6375 @item @code{:headline-levels} @tab @code{org-export-headline-levels} | |
| 6376 @item @code{:section-numbers} @tab @code{org-export-with-section-numbers} | |
| 6377 @item @code{:table-of-contents} @tab @code{org-export-with-toc} | |
| 6378 @item @code{:archived-trees} @tab @code{org-export-with-archived-trees} | |
| 6379 @item @code{:emphasize} @tab @code{org-export-with-emphasize} | |
| 6380 @item @code{:sub-superscript} @tab @code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts} | |
| 6381 @item @code{:TeX-macros} @tab @code{org-export-with-TeX-macros} | |
| 6382 @item @code{:LaTeX-fragments} @tab @code{org-export-with-LaTeX-fragments} | |
| 6383 @item @code{:fixed-width} @tab @code{org-export-with-fixed-width} | |
| 6384 @item @code{:timestamps} .@tab @code{org-export-with-timestamps} | |
| 6385 @item @code{:tags} .@tab @code{org-export-with-tags} | |
| 6386 @item @code{:tables} @tab @code{org-export-with-tables} | |
| 6387 @item @code{:table-auto-headline} @tab @code{org-export-highlight-first-table-line} | |
| 6388 @item @code{:style} @tab @code{org-export-html-style} | |
| 6389 @item @code{:convert-org-links} @tab @code{org-export-html-link-org-files-as-html} | |
| 6390 @item @code{:inline-images} @tab @code{org-export-html-inline-images} | |
| 6391 @item @code{:expand-quoted-html} @tab @code{org-export-html-expand} | |
| 6392 @item @code{:timestamp} @tab @code{org-export-html-with-timestamp} | |
| 6393 @item @code{:publishing-directory} @tab @code{org-export-publishing-directory} | |
| 6394 @item @code{:preamble} @tab @code{org-export-html-preamble} | |
| 6395 @item @code{:postamble} @tab @code{org-export-html-postamble} | |
| 6396 @item @code{:auto-preamble} @tab @code{org-export-html-auto-preamble} | |
| 6397 @item @code{:auto-postamble} @tab @code{org-export-html-auto-postamble} | |
| 6398 @item @code{:author} @tab @code{user-full-name} | |
| 6399 @item @code{:email} @tab @code{user-mail-address} | |
| 6400 @end multitable | |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 Most of the @code{org-export-with-*} variables have the same effect in | |
| 6403 both HTML and La@TeX{} exporters, except for @code{:TeX-macros} and | |
| 6404 @code{:LaTeX-fragments}, respectively @code{nil} and @code{t} in the | |
| 6405 La@TeX{} export. | |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 When a property is given a value in org-publish-project-alist, its | |
| 6408 setting overrides the value of the corresponding user variable (if any) | |
| 6409 during publishing. Options set within a file (@pxref{Export | |
| 6410 options}), however, override everything. | |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 @node Publishing links, Project page index, Publishing options, Configuration | |
| 6413 @subsection Links between published files | |
| 6414 @cindex links, publishing | |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 To create a link from one Org-mode file to another, you would use | |
| 6417 something like @samp{[[file:foo.org][The foo]]} or simply | |
| 6418 @samp{file:foo.org.} (@pxref{Hyperlinks}). Upon publishing this link | |
| 6419 becomes a link to @file{foo.html}. In this way, you can interlink the | |
| 6420 pages of your "org web" project and the links will work as expected when | |
| 6421 you publish them to HTML. | |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 You may also link to related files, such as images. Provided you are | |
| 6424 careful with relative pathnames, and provided you have also configured | |
| 6425 org-publish to upload the related files, these links will work | |
| 6426 too. @ref{Complex example} for an example of this usage. | |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 Sometime an Org-mode file to be published may contain links that are | |
| 6429 only valid in your production environment, but not in the publishing | |
| 6430 location. In this case, use the property | |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 @multitable @columnfractions 0.4 0.6 | |
| 6433 @item @code{:link-validation-function} | |
| 6434 @tab Function to validate links | |
| 6435 @end multitable | |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 @noindent | |
| 6438 to define a function for checking link validity. This function must | |
| 6439 accept two arguments, the file name and a directory relative to which | |
| 6440 the file name is interpreted in the production environment. If this | |
| 6441 function returns @code{nil}, then the HTML generator will only insert a | |
| 6442 description into the HTML file, but no link. One option for this | |
| 6443 function is @code{org-publish-validate-link} which checks if the given | |
| 6444 file is part of any project in @code{org-publish-project-alist}. | |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 @node Project page index, , Publishing links, Configuration | |
| 6447 @subsection Project page index | |
| 6448 @cindex index, of published pages | |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 The following properties may be used to control publishing of an | |
| 6451 index of files or summary page for a given project. | |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 @multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75 | |
| 6454 @item @code{:auto-index} | |
| 6455 @tab When non-nil, publish an index during org-publish-current-project or | |
| 6456 org-publish-all. | |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 @item @code{:index-filename} | |
| 6459 @tab Filename for output of index. Defaults to @file{index.org} (which | |
| 6460 becomes @file{index.html}). | |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 @item @code{:index-title} | |
| 6463 @tab Title of index page. Defaults to name of file. | |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 @item @code{:index-function} | |
| 6466 @tab Plugin function to use for generation of index. | |
| 6467 Defaults to @code{org-publish-org-index}, which generates a plain list | |
| 6468 of links to all files in the project. | |
| 6469 @end multitable | |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 @node Sample configuration, Triggering publication, Configuration, Publishing | |
| 6472 @section Sample configuration | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 Below we provide two example configurations. The first one is a simple | |
| 6475 project publishing only a set of Org-mode files. The second example is | |
| 6476 more complex, with a multi-component project. | |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 @menu | |
| 6479 * Simple example:: One-component publishing | |
| 6480 * Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example | |
| 6481 @end menu | |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 @node Simple example, Complex example, Sample configuration, Sample configuration | |
| 6484 @subsection Example: simple publishing configuration | |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 This example publishes a set of Org-mode files to the @file{public_html} | |
| 6487 directory on the local machine. | |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 @lisp | |
| 6490 (setq org-publish-project-alist | |
| 6491 '(("org" | |
| 6492 :base-directory "~/org/" | |
| 6493 :publishing-directory "~/public_html" | |
| 6494 :section-numbers nil | |
| 6495 :table-of-contents nil | |
| 6496 :style "<link rel=stylesheet | |
| 6497 href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" | |
| 6498 type=\"text/css\">"))) | |
| 6499 @end lisp | |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 @node Complex example, , Simple example, Sample configuration | |
| 6502 @subsection Example: complex publishing configuration | |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 This more complicated example publishes an entire website, including | |
| 6505 org files converted to HTML, image files, emacs lisp source code, and | |
| 6506 stylesheets. The publishing-directory is remote and private files are | |
| 6507 excluded. | |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 To ensure that links are preserved, care should be taken to replicate | |
| 6510 your directory structure on the web server, and to use relative file | |
| 6511 paths. For example, if your org files are kept in @file{~/org} and your | |
| 6512 publishable images in @file{~/images}, you'd link to an image with | |
| 6513 @c | |
| 6514 @example | |
| 6515 file:../images/myimage.png | |
| 6516 @end example | |
| 6517 @c | |
| 6518 On the web server, the relative path to the image should be the | |
| 6519 same. You can accomplish this by setting up an "images" folder in the | |
| 6520 right place on the webserver, and publishing images to it. | |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 @lisp | |
| 6523 (setq org-publish-project-alist | |
| 6524 '(("orgfiles" | |
| 6525 :base-directory "~/org/" | |
| 6526 :base-extension "org" | |
| 6527 :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/notebook/" | |
| 6528 :publishing-function org-publish-org-to-html | |
| 6529 :exclude "PrivatePage.org" ;; regexp | |
| 6530 :headline-levels 3 | |
| 6531 :section-numbers nil | |
| 6532 :table-of-contents nil | |
| 6533 :style "<link rel=stylesheet | |
| 6534 href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" type=\"text/css\">" | |
| 6535 :auto-preamble t | |
| 6536 :auto-postamble nil) | |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 ("images" | |
| 6539 :base-directory "~/images/" | |
| 6540 :base-extension "jpg\\|gif\\|png" | |
| 6541 :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/images/" | |
| 6542 :publishing-function org-publish-attachment) | |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 ("other" | |
| 6545 :base-directory "~/other/" | |
| 6546 :base-extension "css\\|el" | |
| 6547 :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/other/" | |
| 6548 :publishing-function org-publish-attachment) | |
| 6549 ("website" :components ("orgfiles" "images" "other")))) | |
| 6550 @end lisp | |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 @node Triggering publication, , Sample configuration, Publishing | |
| 6553 @section Triggering publication | |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 Once org-publish is properly configured, you can publish with the | |
| 6556 following functions: | |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 @table @kbd | |
| 6559 @item C-c C-e C | |
| 6560 Prompt for a specific project and publish all files that belong to it. | |
| 6561 @item C-c C-e P | |
| 6562 Publish the project containing the current file. | |
| 6563 @item C-c C-e F | |
| 6564 Publish only the current file. | |
| 6565 @item C-c C-e A | |
| 6566 Publish all projects. | |
| 6567 @end table | |
| 6568 | |
| 6569 Org uses timestamps to track when a file has changed. The above | |
| 6570 functions normally only publish changed files. You can override this and | |
| 6571 force publishing of all files by giving a prefix argument. | |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 @node Miscellaneous, Extensions and Hacking, Publishing, Top | |
| 6574 @chapter Miscellaneous | |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 @menu | |
| 6577 * Completion:: M-TAB knows what you need | |
| 6578 * Customization:: Adapting Org-mode to your taste | |
| 6579 * In-buffer settings:: Overview of the #+KEYWORDS | |
| 6580 * The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c | |
| 6581 * Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline | |
| 6582 * TTY keys:: Using Org-mode on a tty | |
| 6583 * Interaction:: Other Emacs packages | |
| 6584 * Bugs:: Things which do not work perfectly | |
| 6585 @end menu | |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 @node Completion, Customization, Miscellaneous, Miscellaneous | |
| 6588 @section Completion | |
| 6589 @cindex completion, of @TeX{} symbols | |
| 6590 @cindex completion, of TODO keywords | |
| 6591 @cindex completion, of dictionary words | |
| 6592 @cindex completion, of option keywords | |
| 6593 @cindex completion, of tags | |
| 6594 @cindex completion, of property keys | |
| 6595 @cindex completion, of link abbreviations | |
| 6596 @cindex @TeX{} symbol completion | |
| 6597 @cindex TODO keywords completion | |
| 6598 @cindex dictionary word completion | |
| 6599 @cindex option keyword completion | |
| 6600 @cindex tag completion | |
| 6601 @cindex link abbreviations, completion of | |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 Org-mode supports in-buffer completion. This type of completion does | |
| 6604 not make use of the minibuffer. You simply type a few letters into | |
| 6605 the buffer and use the key to complete text right there. | |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 @table @kbd | |
| 6608 @kindex M-@key{TAB} | |
| 6609 @item M-@key{TAB} | |
| 6610 Complete word at point | |
| 6611 @itemize @bullet | |
| 6612 @item | |
| 6613 At the beginning of a headline, complete TODO keywords. | |
| 6614 @item | |
| 6615 After @samp{\}, complete @TeX{} symbols supported by the exporter. | |
| 6616 @item | |
| 6617 After @samp{*}, complete headlines in the current buffer so that they | |
| 6618 can be used in search links like @samp{[[*find this headline]]}. | |
| 6619 @item | |
| 6620 After @samp{:} in a headline, complete tags. The list of tags is taken | |
| 6621 from the variable @code{org-tag-alist} (possibly set through the | |
| 6622 @samp{#+TAGS} in-buffer option, @pxref{Setting tags}), or it is created | |
| 6623 dynamically from all tags used in the current buffer. | |
| 6624 @item | |
| 6625 After @samp{:} and not in a headline, complete property keys. The list | |
| 6626 of keys is constructed dynamically from all keys used in the current | |
| 6627 buffer. | |
| 6628 @item | |
| 6629 After @samp{[}, complete link abbreviations (@pxref{Link abbreviations}). | |
| 6630 @item | |
| 6631 After @samp{#+}, complete the special keywords like @samp{TYP_TODO} or | |
| 6632 @samp{OPTIONS} which set file-specific options for Org-mode. When the | |
| 6633 option keyword is already complete, pressing @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} again | |
| 6634 will insert example settings for this keyword. | |
| 6635 @item | |
| 6636 In the line after @samp{#+STARTUP: }, complete startup keywords, | |
| 6637 i.e. valid keys for this line. | |
| 6638 @item | |
| 6639 Elsewhere, complete dictionary words using ispell. | |
| 6640 @end itemize | |
| 6641 @end table | |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 @node Customization, In-buffer settings, Completion, Miscellaneous | |
| 6644 @section Customization | |
| 6645 @cindex customization | |
| 6646 @cindex options, for customization | |
| 6647 @cindex variables, for customization | |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 There are more than 180 variables that can be used to customize | |
| 6650 Org-mode. For the sake of compactness of the manual, I am not | |
| 6651 describing the variables here. A structured overview of customization | |
| 6652 variables is available with @kbd{M-x org-customize}. Or select | |
| 6653 @code{Browse Org Group} from the @code{Org->Customization} menu. Many | |
| 6654 settings can also be activated on a per-file basis, by putting special | |
| 6655 lines into the buffer (@pxref{In-buffer settings}). | |
| 6656 | |
| 6657 @node In-buffer settings, The very busy C-c C-c key, Customization, Miscellaneous | |
| 6658 @section Summary of in-buffer settings | |
| 6659 @cindex in-buffer settings | |
| 6660 @cindex special keywords | |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 Org-mode uses special lines in the buffer to define settings on a | |
| 6663 per-file basis. These lines start with a @samp{#+} followed by a | |
| 6664 keyword, a colon, and then individual words defining a setting. Several | |
| 6665 setting words can be in the same line, but you can also have multiple | |
| 6666 lines for the keyword. While these settings are described throughout | |
| 6667 the manual, here is a summary. After changing any of those lines in the | |
| 6668 buffer, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the line to | |
| 6669 activate the changes immediately. Otherwise they become effective only | |
| 6670 when the file is visited again in a new Emacs session. | |
| 6671 | |
| 6672 @table @kbd | |
| 6673 @item #+ARCHIVE: %s_done:: | |
| 6674 This line sets the archive location for the agenda file. It applies for | |
| 6675 all subsequent lines until the next @samp{#+ARCHIVE} line, or the end | |
| 6676 of the file. The first such line also applies to any entries before it. | |
| 6677 The corresponding variable is @code{org-archive-location}. | |
| 6678 @item #+CATEGORY: | |
| 6679 This line sets the category for the agenda file. The category applies | |
| 6680 for all subsequent lines until the next @samp{#+CATEGORY} line, or the | |
| 6681 end of the file. The first such line also applies to any entries before it. | |
| 6682 @item #+COLUMNS: %25ITEM ..... | |
| 6683 Set the default format for columns view. This format applies when | |
| 6684 columns view is invoked in location where no COLUMNS property applies. | |
| 6685 @item #+CONSTANTS: name1=value1 ... | |
| 6686 Set file-local values for constants to be used in table formulas. This | |
| 6687 line set the local variable @code{org-table-formula-constants-local}. | |
| 6688 The global version of theis variable is | |
| 6689 @code{org-table-formula-constants}. | |
| 6690 corresponding | |
| 6691 @item #+LINK: linkword replace | |
| 6692 These lines (several are allowed) specify link abbreviations. | |
| 6693 @xref{Link abbreviations}. The corresponding variable is | |
| 6694 @code{org-link-abbrev-alist}. | |
| 6695 @item #+PRIORITIES: highest lowest default | |
| 6696 This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities. All three | |
| 6697 must be either letters A-Z or numbers 0-9. The highest priority must | |
| 6698 have a lower ASCII number that the lowest priority. | |
| 6699 @item #+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value | |
| 6700 This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the current | |
| 6701 buffer, most useful for specifying the allowed values of a property. | |
| 6702 @item #+STARTUP: | |
| 6703 This line sets options to be used at startup of Org-mode, when an | |
| 6704 Org-mode file is being visited. The first set of options deals with the | |
| 6705 initial visibility of the outline tree. The corresponding variable for | |
| 6706 global default settings is @code{org-startup-folded}, with a default | |
| 6707 value @code{t}, which means @code{overview}. | |
| 6708 @cindex @code{overview}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6709 @cindex @code{content}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6710 @cindex @code{showall}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6711 @example | |
| 6712 overview @r{top-level headlines only} | |
| 6713 content @r{all headlines} | |
| 6714 showall @r{no folding at all, show everything} | |
| 6715 @end example | |
| 6716 Then there are options for aligning tables upon visiting a file. This | |
| 6717 is useful in files containing narrowed table columns. The corresponding | |
| 6718 variable is @code{org-startup-align-all-tables}, with a default value | |
| 6719 @code{nil}. | |
| 6720 @cindex @code{align}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6721 @cindex @code{noalign}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6722 @example | |
| 6723 align @r{align all tables} | |
| 6724 noalign @r{don't align tables on startup} | |
| 6725 @end example | |
| 6726 Logging TODO state changes and clock intervals (variable | |
| 6727 @code{org-log-done}) can be configured using these options. | |
| 6728 @cindex @code{logdone}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6729 @cindex @code{nologging}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6730 @cindex @code{lognotedone}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6731 @cindex @code{lognoteclock-out}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6732 @cindex @code{lognotestate}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6733 @cindex @code{logrepeat}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6734 @cindex @code{nologrepeat}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6735 @example | |
| 6736 logging @r{record a timestamp when an item is marked DONE} | |
| 6737 nologging @r{don't record when items are marked DONE} | |
| 6738 lognotedone @r{record timestamp and a note when DONE} | |
| 6739 lognotestate @r{record timestamp and a note when TODO state changes} | |
| 6740 logrepeat @r{record a note when re-instating a repeating item} | |
| 6741 nologrepeat @r{do not record when re-instating repeating item} | |
| 6742 lognoteclock-out @r{record timestamp and a note when clocking out} | |
| 6743 @end example | |
| 6744 Here are the options for hiding leading stars in outline headings. The | |
| 6745 corresponding variables are @code{org-hide-leading-stars} and | |
| 6746 @code{org-odd-levels-only}, both with a default setting @code{nil} | |
| 6747 (meaning @code{showstars} and @code{oddeven}). | |
| 6748 @cindex @code{hidestars}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6749 @cindex @code{showstars}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6750 @cindex @code{odd}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6751 @cindex @code{even}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6752 @example | |
| 6753 hidestars @r{make all but one of the stars starting a headline invisible.} | |
| 6754 showstars @r{show all stars starting a headline} | |
| 6755 odd @r{allow only odd outline levels (1,3,...)} | |
| 6756 oddeven @r{allow all outline levels} | |
| 6757 @end example | |
| 6758 To turn on custom format overlays over time stamps (variables | |
| 6759 @code{org-put-time-stamp-overlays} and | |
| 6760 @code{org-time-stamp-overlay-formats}), use | |
| 6761 @cindex @code{customtime}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6762 @example | |
| 6763 customtime @r{overlay custom time format} | |
| 6764 @end example | |
| 6765 The following options influence the table spreadsheet (variable | |
| 6766 @code{constants-unit-system}). | |
| 6767 @cindex @code{constcgs}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6768 @cindex @code{constSI}, STARTUP keyword | |
| 6769 @example | |
| 6770 constcgs @r{@file{constants.el} should use the c-g-s unit system} | |
| 6771 constSI @r{@file{constants.el} should use the SI unit system} | |
| 6772 @end example | |
| 6773 @item #+TAGS: TAG1(c1) TAG2(c2) | |
| 6774 These lines (several such lines are allowed) specify the legal tags in | |
| 6775 this file, and (potentially) the corresponding @emph{fast tag selection} | |
| 6776 keys. The corresponding variable is @code{org-tag-alist}. | |
| 6777 @item #+TBLFM: | |
| 6778 This line contains the formulas for the table directly above the line. | |
| 6779 @item #+TITLE:, #+AUTHOR:, #+EMAIL:, #+LANGUAGE:, #+TEXT:, #+OPTIONS: | |
| 6780 These lines provide settings for exporting files. For more details see | |
| 6781 @ref{Export options}. | |
| 6782 @item #+SEQ_TODO: #+TYP_TODO: | |
| 6783 These lines set the TODO keywords and their interpretation in the | |
| 6784 current file. The corresponding variables are @code{org-todo-keywords} | |
| 6785 and @code{org-todo-interpretation}. | |
| 6786 @end table | |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 @node The very busy C-c C-c key, Clean view, In-buffer settings, Miscellaneous | |
| 6789 @section The very busy C-c C-c key | |
| 6790 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 6791 @cindex C-c C-c, overview | |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 The key @kbd{C-c C-c} has many purposes in org-mode, which are all | |
| 6794 mentioned scattered throughout this manual. One specific function of | |
| 6795 this key is to add @emph{tags} to a headline (@pxref{Tags}). In many | |
| 6796 other circumstances it means something like @emph{Hey Org-mode, look | |
| 6797 here and update according to what you see here}. Here is a summary of | |
| 6798 what this means in different contexts. | |
| 6799 | |
| 6800 @itemize @minus | |
| 6801 @item | |
| 6802 If there are highlights in the buffer from the creation of a sparse | |
| 6803 tree, or from clock display, remove these highlights. | |
| 6804 @item | |
| 6805 If the cursor is in one of the special @code{#+KEYWORD} lines, this | |
| 6806 triggers scanning the buffer for these lines and updating the | |
| 6807 information. | |
| 6808 @item | |
| 6809 If the cursor is inside a table, realign the table. This command | |
| 6810 works even if the automatic table editor has been turned off. | |
| 6811 @item | |
| 6812 If the cursor is on a @code{#+TBLFM} line, re-apply the formulas to | |
| 6813 the entire table. | |
| 6814 @item | |
| 6815 If the cursor is inside a table created by the @file{table.el} package, | |
| 6816 activate that table. | |
| 6817 @item | |
| 6818 If the current buffer is a remember buffer, close the note and file it. | |
| 6819 With a prefix argument, file it, without further interaction, to the | |
| 6820 default location. | |
| 6821 @item | |
| 6822 If the cursor is on a @code{<<<target>>>}, update radio targets and | |
| 6823 corresponding links in this buffer. | |
| 6824 @item | |
| 6825 If the cursor is in a property line or at the start or end of a property | |
| 6826 drawer, offer property commands. | |
| 6827 @item | |
| 6828 If the cursor is in a plain list item with a checkbox, toggle the status | |
| 6829 of the checkbox. | |
| 6830 @item | |
| 6831 If the cursor is on a numbered item in a plain list, renumber the | |
| 6832 ordered list. | |
| 6833 @end itemize | |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 @node Clean view, TTY keys, The very busy C-c C-c key, Miscellaneous | |
| 6836 @section A cleaner outline view | |
| 6837 @cindex hiding leading stars | |
| 6838 @cindex clean outline view | |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 Some people find it noisy and distracting that the Org-mode headlines | |
| 6841 are starting with a potentially large number of stars. For example | |
| 6842 the tree from @ref{Headlines}: | |
| 6843 | |
| 6844 @example | |
| 6845 * Top level headline | |
| 6846 ** Second level | |
| 6847 *** 3rd level | |
| 6848 some text | |
| 6849 *** 3rd level | |
| 6850 more text | |
| 6851 * Another top level headline | |
| 6852 @end example | |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 @noindent | |
| 6855 Unfortunately this is deeply ingrained into the code of Org-mode and | |
| 6856 cannot be easily changed. You can, however, modify the display in such | |
| 6857 a way that all leading stars become invisible and the outline more easy | |
| 6858 to read. To do this, customize the variable | |
| 6859 @code{org-hide-leading-stars} like this: | |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 @lisp | |
| 6862 (setq org-hide-leading-stars t) | |
| 6863 @end lisp | |
| 6864 | |
| 6865 @noindent | |
| 6866 or change this on a per-file basis with one of the lines (anywhere in | |
| 6867 the buffer) | |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 @example | |
| 6870 #+STARTUP: showstars | |
| 6871 #+STARTUP: hidestars | |
| 6872 @end example | |
| 6873 | |
| 6874 @noindent | |
| 6875 Press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor in a @samp{STARTUP} line to activate | |
| 6876 the modifications. | |
| 6877 | |
| 6878 With stars hidden, the tree becomes: | |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 @example | |
| 6881 * Top level headline | |
| 6882 * Second level | |
| 6883 * 3rd level | |
| 6884 some text | |
| 6885 * 3rd level | |
| 6886 more text | |
| 6887 * Another top level headline | |
| 6888 @end example | |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 @noindent | |
| 6891 Note that the leading stars are not truly replaced by whitespace, they | |
| 6892 are only fontified with the face @code{org-hide} that uses the | |
| 6893 background color as font color. If you are not using either white or | |
| 6894 black background, you may have to customize this face to get the wanted | |
| 6895 effect. Another possibility is to set this font such that the extra | |
| 6896 stars are @i{almost} invisible, for example using the color | |
| 6897 @code{grey90} on a white background. | |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 Things become cleaner still if you skip all the even levels and use only | |
| 6900 odd levels 1, 3, 5..., effectively adding two stars to go from one | |
| 6901 outline level to the next: | |
| 6902 | |
| 6903 @example | |
| 6904 * Top level headline | |
| 6905 * Second level | |
| 6906 * 3rd level | |
| 6907 some text | |
| 6908 * 3rd level | |
| 6909 more text | |
| 6910 * Another top level headline | |
| 6911 @end example | |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 @noindent | |
| 6914 In order to make the structure editing and export commands handle this | |
| 6915 convention correctly, use | |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 @lisp | |
| 6918 (setq org-odd-levels-only t) | |
| 6919 @end lisp | |
| 6920 | |
| 6921 @noindent | |
| 6922 or set this on a per-file basis with one of the following lines (don't | |
| 6923 forget to press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor in the startup line to | |
| 6924 activate changes immediately). | |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 @example | |
| 6927 #+STARTUP: odd | |
| 6928 #+STARTUP: oddeven | |
| 6929 @end example | |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 You can convert an Org-mode file from single-star-per-level to the | |
| 6932 double-star-per-level convention with @kbd{M-x org-convert-to-odd-levels | |
| 6933 RET} in that file. The reverse operation is @kbd{M-x | |
| 6934 org-convert-to-oddeven-levels}. | |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 @node TTY keys, Interaction, Clean view, Miscellaneous | |
| 6937 @section Using org-mode on a tty | |
| 6938 @cindex tty keybindings | |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 Org-mode uses a number of keys that are not accessible on a tty. This | |
| 6941 applies to most special keys like cursor keys, @key{TAB} and | |
| 6942 @key{RET}, when these are combined with modifier keys like @key{Meta} | |
| 6943 and/or @key{Shift}. Org-mode uses these bindings because it needs to | |
| 6944 provide keys for a large number of commands, and because these keys | |
| 6945 appeared particularly easy to remember. In order to still be able to | |
| 6946 access the core functionality of Org-mode on a tty, alternative | |
| 6947 bindings are provided. Here is a complete list of these bindings, | |
| 6948 which are obviously more cumbersome to use. Note that sometimes a | |
| 6949 work-around can be better. For example changing a time stamp is | |
| 6950 really only fun with @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} keys. On a tty you would | |
| 6951 rather use @kbd{C-c .} to re-insert the timestamp. | |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 @multitable @columnfractions 0.15 0.2 0.2 | |
| 6954 @item @b{Default} @tab @b{Alternative 1} @tab @b{Alternative 2} | |
| 6955 @item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} @tab @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}} @tab | |
| 6956 @item @kbd{M-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x l} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{left}} | |
| 6957 @item @kbd{M-S-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x L} @tab | |
| 6958 @item @kbd{M-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x r} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{right}} | |
| 6959 @item @kbd{M-S-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x R} @tab | |
| 6960 @item @kbd{M-@key{up}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x u} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{up}} | |
| 6961 @item @kbd{M-S-@key{up}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x U} @tab | |
| 6962 @item @kbd{M-@key{down}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x d} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{down}} | |
| 6963 @item @kbd{M-S-@key{down}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x D} @tab | |
| 6964 @item @kbd{S-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x c} @tab | |
| 6965 @item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x m} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{RET}} | |
| 6966 @item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x M} @tab | |
| 6967 @item @kbd{S-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{left}} @tab | |
| 6968 @item @kbd{S-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{right}} @tab | |
| 6969 @item @kbd{S-@key{up}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{up}} @tab | |
| 6970 @item @kbd{S-@key{down}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{down}} @tab | |
| 6971 @item @kbd{C-S-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{left}} @tab | |
| 6972 @item @kbd{C-S-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{right}} @tab | |
| 6973 @end multitable | |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 @node Interaction, Bugs, TTY keys, Miscellaneous | |
| 6976 @section Interaction with other packages | |
| 6977 @cindex packages, interaction with other | |
| 6978 Org-mode lives in the world of GNU Emacs and interacts in various ways | |
| 6979 with other code out there. | |
| 6980 | |
| 6981 @menu | |
| 6982 * Cooperation:: Packages Org-mode cooperates with | |
| 6983 * Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts | |
| 6984 @end menu | |
| 6985 | |
| 6986 @node Cooperation, Conflicts, Interaction, Interaction | |
| 6987 @subsection Packages that Org-mode cooperates with | |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 @table @asis | |
| 6990 @cindex @file{calc.el} | |
| 6991 @item @file{calc.el} by Dave Gillespie | |
| 6992 Org-mode uses the calc package for implementing spreadsheet | |
| 6993 functionality in its tables (@pxref{The spreadsheet}). Org-mode | |
| 6994 checks for the availability of calc by looking for the function | |
| 6995 @code{calc-eval} which should be autoloaded in your setup if calc has | |
| 6996 been installed properly. As of Emacs 22, calc is part of the Emacs | |
| 6997 distribution. Another possibility for interaction between the two | |
| 6998 packages is using calc for embedded calculations. @xref{Embedded Mode, | |
| 6999 , Embedded Mode, calc, GNU Emacs Calc Manual}. | |
| 7000 @cindex @file{constants.el} | |
| 7001 @item @file{constants.el} by Carsten Dominik | |
| 7002 In a table formula (@pxref{The spreadsheet}), it is possible to use | |
| 7003 names for natural constants or units. Instead of defining your own | |
| 7004 constants in the variable @code{org-table-formula-constants}, install | |
| 7005 the @file{constants} package which defines a large number of constants | |
| 7006 and units, and lets you use unit prefixes like @samp{M} for | |
| 7007 @samp{Mega} etc. You will need version 2.0 of this package, available | |
| 7008 at @url{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools}. Org-mode checks for | |
| 7009 the function @code{constants-get}, which has to be autoloaded in your | |
| 7010 setup. See the installation instructions in the file | |
| 7011 @file{constants.el}. | |
| 7012 @item @file{cdlatex.el} by Carsten Dominik | |
| 7013 @cindex @file{cdlatex.el} | |
| 7014 Org-mode can make use of the cdlatex package to efficiently enter | |
| 7015 La@TeX{} fragments into Org-mode files. See @ref{CDLaTeX mode}. | |
| 7016 @item @file{remember.el} by John Wiegley | |
| 7017 @cindex @file{remember.el} | |
| 7018 Org mode cooperates with remember, see @ref{Remember}. | |
| 7019 @file{Remember.el} is not part of Emacs, find it on the web. | |
| 7020 @cindex @file{table.el} | |
| 7021 @item @file{table.el} by Takaaki Ota | |
| 7022 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 7023 @cindex table editor, @file{table.el} | |
| 7024 @cindex @file{table.el} | |
| 7025 | |
| 7026 Complex ASCII tables with automatic line wrapping, column- and | |
| 7027 row-spanning, and alignment can be created using the Emacs table | |
| 7028 package by Takaaki Ota (@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/table}, | |
| 7029 and also part of Emacs 22). | |
| 7030 When @key{TAB} or @kbd{C-c C-c} is pressed in such a table, Org-mode | |
| 7031 will call @command{table-recognize-table} and move the cursor into the | |
| 7032 table. Inside a table, the keymap of Org-mode is inactive. In order | |
| 7033 to execute Org-mode-related commands, leave the table. | |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 @table @kbd | |
| 7036 @kindex C-c C-c | |
| 7037 @item C-c C-c | |
| 7038 Recognize @file{table.el} table. Works when the cursor is in a | |
| 7039 table.el table. | |
| 7040 @c | |
| 7041 @kindex C-c ~ | |
| 7042 @item C-c ~ | |
| 7043 Insert a table.el table. If there is already a table at point, this | |
| 7044 command converts it between the table.el format and the Org-mode | |
| 7045 format. See the documentation string of the command | |
| 7046 @code{org-convert-table} for the restrictions under which this is | |
| 7047 possible. | |
| 7048 @end table | |
| 7049 @file{table.el} is part of Emacs 22. | |
| 7050 @cindex @file{footnote.el} | |
| 7051 @item @file{footnote.el} by Steven L. Baur | |
| 7052 Org-mode recognizes numerical footnotes as provided by this package | |
| 7053 (@pxref{Footnotes}). | |
| 7054 @end table | |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 @node Conflicts, , Cooperation, Interaction | |
| 7057 @subsection Packages that lead to conflicts with Org-mode | |
| 7058 | |
| 7059 @table @asis | |
| 7060 | |
| 7061 @cindex @file{allout.el} | |
| 7062 @item @file{allout.el} by Ken Manheimer | |
| 7063 Startup of Org-mode may fail with the error message | |
| 7064 @code{(wrong-type-argument keymapp nil)} when there is an outdated | |
| 7065 version @file{allout.el} on the load path, for example the version | |
| 7066 distributed with Emacs 21.x. Upgrade to Emacs 22 and this problem will | |
| 7067 disappear. If for some reason you cannot do this, make sure that org.el | |
| 7068 is loaded @emph{before} @file{allout.el}, for example by putting | |
| 7069 @code{(require 'org)} early enough into your @file{.emacs} file. | |
| 7070 | |
| 7071 @cindex @file{CUA.el} | |
| 7072 @item @file{CUA.el} by Kim. F. Storm | |
| 7073 Keybindings in Org-mode conflict with the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys | |
| 7074 used by CUA-mode (as well as pc-select-mode and s-region-mode) to | |
| 7075 select and extend the region. If you want to use one of these | |
| 7076 packages along with Org-mode, configure the variable | |
| 7077 @code{org-CUA-compatible}. When set, Org-mode will move the following | |
| 7078 keybindings in Org-mode files, and in the agenda buffer (but not | |
| 7079 during date selection). | |
| 7080 | |
| 7081 @example | |
| 7082 S-UP -> M-p S-DOWN -> M-n | |
| 7083 S-LEFT -> M-- S-RIGHT -> M-+ | |
| 7084 @end example | |
| 7085 | |
| 7086 Yes, these are unfortunately more difficult to remember. If you want | |
| 7087 to have other replacement keys, look at the variable | |
| 7088 @code{org-disputed-keys}. | |
| 7089 @item @file{windmove.el} by Hovav Shacham | |
| 7090 @cindex @file{windmove.el} | |
| 7091 Also this package uses the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, so everything written | |
| 7092 in the paragraph above about CUA mode also applies here. | |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 @cindex @file{footnote.el} | |
| 7095 @item @file{footnote.el} by Steven L. Baur | |
| 7096 Org-mode supports the syntax of the footnote package, but only the | |
| 7097 numerical footnote markers. Also, the default key for footnote | |
| 7098 commands, @kbd{C-c !} is already used by Org-mode. You could use the | |
| 7099 variable @code{footnote-prefix} to switch footnotes commands to another | |
| 7100 key. Or, you could use @code{org-replace-disputed-keys} and | |
| 7101 @code{org-disputed-keys} to change the settings in Org-mode. | |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 @end table | |
| 7104 | |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 @node Bugs, , Interaction, Miscellaneous | |
| 7107 @section Bugs | |
| 7108 @cindex bugs | |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 Here is a list of things that should work differently, but which I | |
| 7111 have found too hard to fix. | |
| 7112 | |
| 7113 @itemize @bullet | |
| 7114 @item | |
| 7115 If a table field starts with a link, and if the corresponding table | |
| 7116 column is narrowed (@pxref{Narrow columns}) to a width too small to | |
| 7117 display the link, the field would look entirely empty even though it is | |
| 7118 not. To prevent this, Org-mode throws an error. The work-around is to | |
| 7119 make the column wide enough to fit the link, or to add some text (at | |
| 7120 least 2 characters) before the link in the same field. | |
| 7121 @item | |
| 7122 Narrowing table columns does not work on XEmacs, because the | |
| 7123 @code{format} function does not transport text properties. | |
| 7124 @item | |
| 7125 Text in an entry protected with the @samp{QUOTE} keyword should not | |
| 7126 autowrap. | |
| 7127 @item | |
| 7128 When the application called by @kbd{C-c C-o} to open a file link fails | |
| 7129 (for example because the application does not exist or refuses to open | |
| 7130 the file), it does so silently. No error message is displayed. | |
| 7131 @item | |
| 7132 Recalculating a table line applies the formulas from left to right. | |
| 7133 If a formula uses @emph{calculated} fields further down the row, | |
| 7134 multiple recalculation may be needed to get all fields consistent. You | |
| 7135 may use the command @code{org-table-iterate} (@kbd{C-u C-c *}) to | |
| 7136 recalculate until convergence. | |
| 7137 @item | |
| 7138 A single letter cannot be made bold, for example @samp{*a*}. | |
| 7139 @item | |
| 7140 The exporters work well, but could be made more efficient. | |
| 7141 @end itemize | |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 @node Extensions and Hacking, History and Acknowledgments, Miscellaneous, Top | |
| 7145 @appendix Extensions, Hooks and Hacking | |
| 7146 | |
| 7147 This appendix lists extensions for Org-mode written by other authors. | |
| 7148 It also covers some aspects where users can extend the functionality of | |
| 7149 Org-mode. | |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 @menu | |
| 7152 * Extensions:: Existing 3rd-part extensions | |
| 7153 * Adding hyperlink types:: New custom link types | |
| 7154 * Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs | |
| 7155 * Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks | |
| 7156 * Special agenda views:: Customized views | |
| 7157 * Using the property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties | |
| 7158 @end menu | |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 @node Extensions, Adding hyperlink types, Extensions and Hacking, Extensions and Hacking | |
| 7161 @section Third-party extensions for Org-mode | |
| 7162 @cindex extension, third-party | |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 The following extensions for Org-mode have been written by other people: | |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 @table @asis | |
| 7167 @cindex @file{org-publish.el} | |
| 7168 @item @file{org-publish.el} by David O'Toole | |
| 7169 This package provides facilities for publishing related sets of Org-mode | |
| 7170 files together with linked files like images as webpages. It is | |
| 7171 highly configurable and can be used for other publishing purposes as | |
| 7172 well. As of Org-mode version 4.30, @file{org-publish.el} is part of the | |
| 7173 Org-mode distribution. It is not yet part of Emacs, however, a delay | |
| 7174 caused by the preparations for the 22.1 release. In the mean time, | |
| 7175 @file{org-publish.el} can be downloaded from David's site: | |
| 7176 @url{http://dto.freeshell.org/e/org-publish.el}. | |
| 7177 @cindex @file{org-mouse.el} | |
| 7178 @item @file{org-mouse.el} by Piotr Zielinski | |
| 7179 This package implements extended mouse functionality for Org-mode. It | |
| 7180 allows you to cycle visibility and to edit the document structure with | |
| 7181 the mouse. Best of all, it provides a context-sensitive menu on | |
| 7182 @key{mouse-3} that changes depending on the context of a mouse-click. | |
| 7183 As of Org-mode version 4.53, @file{org-mouse.el} is part of the | |
| 7184 Org-mode distribution. It is not yet part of Emacs, however, a delay | |
| 7185 caused by the preparations for the 22.1 release. In the mean time, | |
| 7186 @file{org-mouse.el} can be downloaded from Piotr's site: | |
| 7187 @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~pz215/files/org-mouse.el}. | |
| 7188 @cindex @file{org-blog.el} | |
| 7189 @item @file{org-blog.el} by David O'Toole | |
| 7190 A blogging plug-in for @file{org-publish.el}.@* | |
| 7191 @url{http://dto.freeshell.org/notebook/OrgMode.html}. | |
| 7192 @cindex @file{blorg.el} | |
| 7193 @item @file{blorg.el} by Bastien Guerry | |
| 7194 Publish Org-mode files as | |
| 7195 blogs. @url{http://www.cognition.ens.fr/~guerry/blorg.html}. | |
| 7196 @cindex @file{org2rem.el} | |
| 7197 @item @file{org2rem.el} by Bastien Guerry | |
| 7198 Translates Org-mode files into something readable by | |
| 7199 Remind. @url{http://www.cognition.ens.fr/~guerry/u/org2rem.el}. | |
| 7200 @end table | |
| 7201 | |
| 7202 @page | |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 @node Adding hyperlink types, Tables in arbitrary syntax, Extensions, Extensions and Hacking | |
| 7205 @section Adding hyperlink types | |
| 7206 @cindex hyperlinks, adding new types | |
| 7207 | |
| 7208 Org-mode has a large number of hyperlink types built-in | |
| 7209 (@pxref{Hyperlinks}). If you would like to add new link types, it | |
| 7210 provides an interface for doing so. Lets look at an example file | |
| 7211 @file{org-man.el} that will add support for creating links like | |
| 7212 @samp{[[man:printf][The printf manpage]]} to show unix manual pages inside | |
| 7213 emacs: | |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 @lisp | |
| 7216 ;;; org-man.el - Support for links to manpages in Org-mode | |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 (require 'org) | |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 (org-add-link-type "man" 'org-man-open) | |
| 7221 (add-hook 'org-store-link-functions 'org-man-store-link) | |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 (defcustom org-man-command 'man | |
| 7224 "The Emacs command to be used to display a man page." | |
| 7225 :group 'org-link | |
| 7226 :type '(choice (const man) (const woman))) | |
| 7227 | |
| 7228 (defun org-man-open (path) | |
| 7229 "Visit the manpage on PATH. | |
| 7230 PATH should be a topic that can be thrown at the man command." | |
| 7231 (funcall org-man-command path)) | |
| 7232 | |
| 7233 (defun org-man-store-link () | |
| 7234 "Store a link to a manpage." | |
| 7235 (when (memq major-mode '(Man-mode woman-mode)) | |
| 7236 ;; This is a man page, we do make this link | |
| 7237 (let* ((page (org-man-get-page-name)) | |
| 7238 (link (concat "man:" page)) | |
| 7239 (description (format "Manpage for %s" page))) | |
| 7240 (org-store-link-props | |
| 7241 :type "man" | |
| 7242 :link link | |
| 7243 :description description)))) | |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 (defun org-man-get-page-name () | |
| 7246 "Extract the page name from the buffer name." | |
| 7247 ;; This works for both `Man-mode' and `woman-mode'. | |
| 7248 (if (string-match " \\(\\S-+\\)\\*" (buffer-name)) | |
| 7249 (match-string 1 (buffer-name)) | |
| 7250 (error "Cannot create link to this man page"))) | |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 (provide 'org-man) | |
| 7253 | |
| 7254 ;;; org-man.el ends here | |
| 7255 @end lisp | |
| 7256 | |
| 7257 @noindent | |
| 7258 You would activate this new link type in @file{.emacs} with | |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 @lisp | |
| 7261 (require 'org-man) | |
| 7262 @end lisp | |
| 7263 | |
| 7264 @noindent | |
| 7265 Lets go through the file and see what it does. | |
| 7266 @enumerate | |
| 7267 @item | |
| 7268 It does @code{(require 'org)} to make sure that @file{org.el} has been | |
| 7269 loaded. | |
| 7270 @item | |
| 7271 The next line calls @code{org-add-link-type} to define a new link type | |
| 7272 with prefix @samp{man}. The call also contains the name of a function | |
| 7273 that will be called to follow such a link. | |
| 7274 @item | |
| 7275 The next line adds a function to @code{org-store-link-functions}, in | |
| 7276 order to allow the command @kbd{C-c l} to record a useful link in a | |
| 7277 buffer displaying a man page. | |
| 7278 @end enumerate | |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 The rest of the file defines the necessary variables and functions. | |
| 7281 First there is a customization variable that determines which emacs | |
| 7282 command should be used to display manpages. There are two options, | |
| 7283 @code{man} and @code{woman}. Then the function to follow a link is | |
| 7284 defined. It gets the link path as an argument - in this case the link | |
| 7285 path is just a topic for the manual command. The function calls the | |
| 7286 value of @code{org-man-command} to display the man page. | |
| 7287 | |
| 7288 Finally the function @code{org-man-store-link} is defined. When you try | |
| 7289 to store a link with @kbd{C-c l}, also this function will be called to | |
| 7290 try to make a link. The function must first decide if it is supposed to | |
| 7291 create the link for this buffer type, we do this by checking the value | |
| 7292 of the variable @code{major-mode}. If not, the function must exit and | |
| 7293 retunr the value @code{nil}. If yes, the link is created by getting the | |
| 7294 manual tpoic from the buffer name and prefixing it with the string | |
| 7295 @samp{man:}. Then it must call the command @code{org-store-link-props} | |
| 7296 and set the @code{:type} and @code{:link} properties. Optionally you | |
| 7297 can also set the @code{:description} property to provide a default for | |
| 7298 the link description when the link is later inserted into tan Org-mode | |
| 7299 buffer with @kbd{C-c C-l}. | |
| 7300 | |
| 7301 @node Tables in arbitrary syntax, Dynamic blocks, Adding hyperlink types, Extensions and Hacking | |
| 7302 @section Tables in arbitrary syntax | |
| 7303 @cindex tables, in other modes | |
| 7304 @cindex orgtbl-mode | |
| 7305 | |
| 7306 Since Orgtbl-mode can be used as a minor mode in arbitrary buffers, a | |
| 7307 frequent feature request has been to make it work with native tables in | |
| 7308 specific languages, for example La@TeX{}. However, this is extremely hard | |
| 7309 to do in a general way, would lead to a customization nightmare, and | |
| 7310 would take away much of the simplicity of the Orgtbl-mode table editor. | |
| 7311 | |
| 7312 This appendix describes a different approach. We keep the Orgtbl-mode | |
| 7313 table in its native format (the @i{source table}), and use a custom | |
| 7314 function to @i{translate} the table to the correct syntax, and to | |
| 7315 @i{install} it in the right location (the @i{target table}). This puts | |
| 7316 the burden of writing conversion functions on the user, but it allows | |
| 7317 for a very flexible system. | |
| 7318 | |
| 7319 @menu | |
| 7320 * Radio tables:: Sending and receiving | |
| 7321 * A LaTeX example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial | |
| 7322 * Translator functions:: Copy and modify | |
| 7323 @end menu | |
| 7324 | |
| 7325 @node Radio tables, A LaTeX example, Tables in arbitrary syntax, Tables in arbitrary syntax | |
| 7326 @subsection Radio tables | |
| 7327 @cindex radio tables | |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 To define the location of the target table, you first need to create two | |
| 7330 lines that are comments in the current mode, but contain magic words for | |
| 7331 Orgtbl-mode to find. Orgtbl-mode will insert the translated table | |
| 7332 between these lines, replacing whatever was there before. For example: | |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 @example | |
| 7335 /* BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */ | |
| 7336 /* END RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */ | |
| 7337 @end example | |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 @noindent | |
| 7340 Just above the source table, we put a special line that tells | |
| 7341 Orgtbl-mode how to translate this table and where to install it. For | |
| 7342 example: | |
| 7343 @example | |
| 7344 #+ORGTBL: SEND table_name translation_function arguments.... | |
| 7345 @end example | |
| 7346 | |
| 7347 @noindent | |
| 7348 @code{table_name} is the reference name for the table that is also used | |
| 7349 in the receiver lines. @code{translation_function} is the Lisp function | |
| 7350 that does the translation. Furthermore, the line can contain a list of | |
| 7351 arguments (alternating key and value) at the end. The arguments will be | |
| 7352 passed as a property list to the translation function for | |
| 7353 interpretation. A few standard parameters are already recognized and | |
| 7354 acted upon before the translation function is called: | |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 @table @code | |
| 7357 @item :skip N | |
| 7358 Skip the first N lines of the table. Hlines do count! | |
| 7359 @item :skipcols (n1 n2 ...) | |
| 7360 List of columns that should be skipped. If the table has a column with | |
| 7361 calculation marks, that column is automatically discarded as well. | |
| 7362 Please note that the translator function sees the table @emph{after} the | |
| 7363 removal of these columns, the function never knows that there have been | |
| 7364 additional columns. | |
| 7365 @end table | |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 @noindent | |
| 7368 The one problem remaining is how to keep the source table in the buffer | |
| 7369 without disturbing the normal workings of the file, for example during | |
| 7370 compilation of a C file or processing of a La@TeX{} file. There are a | |
| 7371 number of different solutions: | |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 @itemize @bullet | |
| 7374 @item | |
| 7375 The table could be placed in a block comment if that is supported by the | |
| 7376 language. For example, in C-mode you could wrap the table between | |
| 7377 @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} lines. | |
| 7378 @item | |
| 7379 Sometimes it is possible to put the table after some kind of @i{END} | |
| 7380 statement, for example @samp{\bye} in TeX and @samp{\end@{document@}} | |
| 7381 in La@TeX{}. | |
| 7382 @item | |
| 7383 You can just comment the table line by line whenever you want to process | |
| 7384 the file, and uncomment it whenever you need to edit the table. This | |
| 7385 only sounds tedious - the command @kbd{M-x orgtbl-toggle-comment} does | |
| 7386 make this comment-toggling very easy, in particular if you bind it to a | |
| 7387 key. | |
| 7388 @end itemize | |
| 7389 | |
| 7390 @node A LaTeX example, Translator functions, Radio tables, Tables in arbitrary syntax | |
| 7391 @subsection A LaTeX example | |
| 7392 @cindex LaTeX, and orgtbl-mode | |
| 7393 | |
| 7394 The best way to wrap the source table in La@TeX{} is to use the | |
| 7395 @code{comment} environment provided by @file{comment.sty}. It has to be | |
| 7396 activated by placing @code{\usepackage@{comment@}} into the document | |
| 7397 header. Orgtbl-mode can insert a radio table skeleton@footnote{By | |
| 7398 default this works only for La@TeX{}, HTML, and TeXInfo. Configure the | |
| 7399 variable @code{orgtbl-radio-tables} to install templates for other | |
| 7400 modes.} with the command @kbd{M-x orgtbl-insert-radio-table}. You will | |
| 7401 be prompted for a table name, lets say we use @samp{salesfigures}. You | |
| 7402 will then get the following template: | |
| 7403 | |
| 7404 @example | |
| 7405 % BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures | |
| 7406 % END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures | |
| 7407 \begin@{comment@} | |
| 7408 #+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex | |
| 7409 | | | | |
| 7410 \end@{comment@} | |
| 7411 @end example | |
| 7412 | |
| 7413 @noindent | |
| 7414 The @code{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line tells orgtbl-mode to use the function | |
| 7415 @code{orgtbl-to-latex} to convert the table into La@TeX{} and to put it | |
| 7416 into the receiver location with name @code{salesfigures}. You may now | |
| 7417 fill in the table, feel free to use the spreadsheet features@footnote{If | |
| 7418 the @samp{#+TBLFM} line contains an odd number of dollar characters, | |
| 7419 this may cause problems with font-lock in latex-mode. As shown in the | |
| 7420 example you can fix this by adding an extra line inside the | |
| 7421 @code{comment} environment that is used to balance the dollar | |
| 7422 expressions. If you are using AUCTeX with the font-latex library, a | |
| 7423 much better solution is to add the @code{comment} environment to the | |
| 7424 variable @code{LaTeX-verbatim-environments}.}: | |
| 7425 | |
| 7426 @example | |
| 7427 % BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures | |
| 7428 % END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures | |
| 7429 \begin@{comment@} | |
| 7430 #+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex | |
| 7431 | Month | Days | Nr sold | per day | | |
| 7432 |-------+------+---------+---------| | |
| 7433 | Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 | | |
| 7434 | Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 | | |
| 7435 | March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 | | |
| 7436 #+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f | |
| 7437 % $ (optional extra dollar to keep font-lock happy, see footnote) | |
| 7438 \end@{comment@} | |
| 7439 @end example | |
| 7440 | |
| 7441 @noindent | |
| 7442 When you are done, press @kbd{C-c C-c} in the table to get the converted | |
| 7443 table inserted between the two marker lines. | |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 Now lets assume you want to make the table header by hand, because you | |
| 7446 want to control how columns are aligned etc. In this case we make sure | |
| 7447 that the table translator does skip the first 2 lines of the source | |
| 7448 table, and tell the command to work as a @i{splice}, i.e. to not produce | |
| 7449 header and footer commands of the target table: | |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 @example | |
| 7452 \begin@{tabular@}@{lrrr@} | |
| 7453 Month & \multicolumn@{1@}@{c@}@{Days@} & Nr.\ sold & per day\\ | |
| 7454 % BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures | |
| 7455 % END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures | |
| 7456 \end@{tabular@} | |
| 7457 % | |
| 7458 \begin@{comment@} | |
| 7459 #+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex :splice t :skip 2 | |
| 7460 | Month | Days | Nr sold | per day | | |
| 7461 |-------+------+---------+---------| | |
| 7462 | Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 | | |
| 7463 | Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 | | |
| 7464 | March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 | | |
| 7465 #+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f | |
| 7466 \end@{comment@} | |
| 7467 @end example | |
| 7468 | |
| 7469 The La@TeX{} translator function @code{orgtbl-to-latex} is already part of | |
| 7470 Orgtbl-mode. It uses a @code{tabular} environment to typeset the table | |
| 7471 and marks horizontal lines with @code{\hline}. Furthermore, it | |
| 7472 interprets the following parameters: | |
| 7473 | |
| 7474 @table @code | |
| 7475 @item :splice nil/t | |
| 7476 When set to t, return only table body lines, don't wrap them into a | |
| 7477 tabular environment. Default is nil. | |
| 7478 | |
| 7479 @item :fmt fmt | |
| 7480 A format to be used to wrap each field, should contain @code{%s} for the | |
| 7481 original field value. For example, to wrap each field value in dollars, | |
| 7482 you could use @code{:fmt "$%s$"}. This may also be a property list with | |
| 7483 column numbers and formats. for example @code{:fmt (2 "$%s$" 4 "%s\\%%")}. | |
| 7484 | |
| 7485 @item :efmt efmt | |
| 7486 Use this format to print numbers with exponentials. The format should | |
| 7487 have @code{%s} twice for inserting mantissa and exponent, for example | |
| 7488 @code{"%s\\times10^@{%s@}"}. The default is @code{"%s\\,(%s)"}. This | |
| 7489 may also be a property list with column numbers and formats, for example | |
| 7490 @code{:efmt (2 "$%s\\times10^@{%s@}$" 4 "$%s\\cdot10^@{%s@}$")}. After | |
| 7491 @code{efmt} has been applied to a value, @code{fmt} will also be | |
| 7492 applied. | |
| 7493 @end table | |
| 7494 | |
| 7495 @node Translator functions, , A LaTeX example, Tables in arbitrary syntax | |
| 7496 @subsection Translator functions | |
| 7497 @cindex HTML, and orgtbl-mode | |
| 7498 @cindex translator function | |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 Orgtbl-mode has several translator functions built-in: | |
| 7501 @code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-html}, and | |
| 7502 @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}. Except for @code{orgtbl-to-html}@footnote{The | |
| 7503 HTML translator uses the same code that produces tables during HTML | |
| 7504 export.}, these all use a generic translator, @code{orgtbl-to-generic}. | |
| 7505 For example, @code{orgtbl-to-latex} itself is a very short function that | |
| 7506 computes the column definitions for the @code{tabular} environment, | |
| 7507 defines a few field and line separators and then hands over to the | |
| 7508 generic translator. Here is the entire code: | |
| 7509 | |
| 7510 @lisp | |
| 7511 @group | |
| 7512 (defun orgtbl-to-latex (table params) | |
| 7513 "Convert the orgtbl-mode TABLE to LaTeX." | |
| 7514 (let* ((alignment (mapconcat (lambda (x) (if x "r" "l")) | |
| 7515 org-table-last-alignment "")) | |
| 7516 (params2 | |
| 7517 (list | |
| 7518 :tstart (concat "\\begin@{tabular@}@{" alignment "@}") | |
| 7519 :tend "\\end@{tabular@}" | |
| 7520 :lstart "" :lend " \\\\" :sep " & " | |
| 7521 :efmt "%s\\,(%s)" :hline "\\hline"))) | |
| 7522 (orgtbl-to-generic table (org-combine-plists params2 params)))) | |
| 7523 @end group | |
| 7524 @end lisp | |
| 7525 | |
| 7526 As you can see, the properties passed into the function (variable | |
| 7527 @var{PARAMS}) are combined with the ones newly defined in the function | |
| 7528 (variable @var{PARAMS2}). The ones passed into the function (i.e. the | |
| 7529 ones set by the @samp{ORGTBL SEND} line) take precedence. So if you | |
| 7530 would like to use the La@TeX{} translator, but wanted the line endings to | |
| 7531 be @samp{\\[2mm]} instead of the default @samp{\\}, you could just | |
| 7532 overrule the default with | |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 @example | |
| 7535 #+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-latex :lend " \\\\[2mm]" | |
| 7536 @end example | |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 For a new language, you can either write your own converter function in | |
| 7539 analogy with the La@TeX{} translator, or you can use the generic function | |
| 7540 directly. For example, if you have a language where a table is started | |
| 7541 with @samp{!BTBL!}, ended with @samp{!ETBL!}, and where table lines are | |
| 7542 started with @samp{!BL!}, ended with @samp{!EL!} and where the field | |
| 7543 separator is a TAB, you could call the generic translator like this (on | |
| 7544 a single line!): | |
| 7545 | |
| 7546 @example | |
| 7547 #+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-generic :tstart "!BTBL!" :tend "!ETBL!" | |
| 7548 :lstart "!BL! " :lend " !EL!" :sep "\t" | |
| 7549 @end example | |
| 7550 | |
| 7551 @noindent | |
| 7552 Please check the documentation string of the function | |
| 7553 @code{orgtbl-to-generic} for a full list of parameters understood by | |
| 7554 that function and remember that you can pass each of them into | |
| 7555 @code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}, and any other function | |
| 7556 using the generic function. | |
| 7557 | |
| 7558 Of course you can also write a completely new function doing complicated | |
| 7559 things the generic translator cannot do. A translator function takes | |
| 7560 two arguments. The first argument is the table, a list of lines, each | |
| 7561 line either the symbol @code{hline} or a list of fields. The second | |
| 7562 argument is the property list containing all parameters specified in the | |
| 7563 @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line. The function must return a single string | |
| 7564 containing the formatted table. If you write a generally useful | |
| 7565 translator, please post it on @code{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org} so that | |
| 7566 others can benefit from your work. | |
| 7567 | |
| 7568 @node Dynamic blocks, Special agenda views, Tables in arbitrary syntax, Extensions and Hacking | |
| 7569 @section Dynamic blocks | |
| 7570 @cindex dynamic blocks | |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 Org-mode documents can contain @emph{dynamic blocks}. These are | |
| 7573 specially marked regions that are updated by some user-written function. | |
| 7574 A good example for such a block is the clock table inserted by the | |
| 7575 command @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} (@pxref{Clocking work time}). | |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 Dynamic block are enclosed by a BEGIN-END structure that assigns a name | |
| 7578 to the block and can also specify parameters for the function producing | |
| 7579 the content of the block. | |
| 7580 | |
| 7581 @example | |
| 7582 #+BEGIN: myblock :parameter1 value1 :parameter2 value2 ... | |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 #+END: | |
| 7585 @end example | |
| 7586 | |
| 7587 Dynamic blocks are updated with the following commands | |
| 7588 | |
| 7589 @table @kbd | |
| 7590 @kindex C-c C-x C-u | |
| 7591 @item C-c C-x C-u | |
| 7592 Update dynamic block at point. | |
| 7593 @kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u | |
| 7594 @item C-u C-c C-x C-u | |
| 7595 Update all dynamic blocks in the current file. | |
| 7596 @end table | |
| 7597 | |
| 7598 Updating a dynamic block means to remove all the text between BEGIN and | |
| 7599 END, parse the BEGIN line for parameters and then call the specific | |
| 7600 writer function for this block to insert the new content. For a block | |
| 7601 with name @code{myblock}, the writer function is | |
| 7602 @code{org-dblock-write:myblock} with as only parameter a property list | |
| 7603 with the parameters given in the begin line. Here is a trivial example | |
| 7604 of a block that keeps track of when the block update function was last | |
| 7605 run: | |
| 7606 | |
| 7607 @example | |
| 7608 #+BEGIN: block-update-time :format "on %m/%d/%Y at %H:%M" | |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 #+END: | |
| 7611 @end example | |
| 7612 | |
| 7613 @noindent | |
| 7614 The corresponding block writer function could look like this: | |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 @lisp | |
| 7617 (defun org-dblock-write:block-update-time (params) | |
| 7618 (let ((fmt (or (plist-get params :format) "%d. %m. %Y"))) | |
| 7619 (insert "Last block update at: " | |
| 7620 (format-time-string fmt (current-time))))) | |
| 7621 @end lisp | |
| 7622 | |
| 7623 If you want to make sure that all dynamic blocks are always up-to-date, | |
| 7624 you could add the function @code{org-update-all-dblocks} to a hook, for | |
| 7625 example @code{before-save-hook}. @code{org-update-all-dblocks} is | |
| 7626 written in a way that is does nothing in buffers that are not in Org-mode. | |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 @node Special agenda views, Using the property API, Dynamic blocks, Extensions and Hacking | |
| 7629 @section Special Agenda Views | |
| 7630 @cindex agenda views, user-defined | |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 Org-mode provides a special hook that can be used to narrow down the | |
| 7633 selection made by any of the agenda views. You may specify a function | |
| 7634 that is used at each match to verify if the match should indeed be part | |
| 7635 of the agenda view, and if not, how much should be skipped. | |
| 7636 | |
| 7637 Let's say you want to produce a list of projects that contain a WAITING | |
| 7638 tag anywhere in the project tree. Let's further assume that you have | |
| 7639 marked all tree headings that define a project with the todo keyword | |
| 7640 PROJECT. In this case you would run a todo search for the keyword | |
| 7641 PROJECT, but skip the match unless there is a WAITING tag anywhere in | |
| 7642 the subtree belonging to the project line. | |
| 7643 | |
| 7644 To achieve this, you must write a function that searches the subtree for | |
| 7645 the tag. If the tag is found, the function must return @code{nil} to | |
| 7646 indicate that this match should not be skipped. If there is no such | |
| 7647 tag, return the location of the end of the subtree, to indicate that | |
| 7648 search should continue from there. | |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 @lisp | |
| 7651 (defun my-skip-unless-waiting () | |
| 7652 "Skip trees that are not waiting" | |
| 7653 (let ((subtree-end (save-excursion (org-end-of-subtree t)))) | |
| 7654 (if (re-search-forward ":WAITING:" subtree-end t) | |
| 7655 nil ; tag found, do not skip | |
| 7656 subtree-end))) ; tag not found, continue after end of subtree | |
| 7657 @end lisp | |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 Now you may use this function in an agenda custom command, for example | |
| 7660 like this: | |
| 7661 | |
| 7662 @lisp | |
| 7663 (org-add-agenda-custom-command | |
| 7664 '("b" todo "PROJECT" | |
| 7665 ((org-agenda-skip-function 'my-org-waiting-projects) | |
| 7666 (org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: ")))) | |
| 7667 @end lisp | |
| 7668 | |
| 7669 Note that this also binds @code{org-agenda-overriding-header} to get a | |
| 7670 meaningful header in the agenda view. | |
| 7671 | |
| 7672 You may also put a Lisp form into @code{org-agenda-skip-function}. In | |
| 7673 particular, you may use the functions @code{org-agenda-skip-entry-if} | |
| 7674 and @code{org-agenda-skip-subtree-if} in this form, for example: | |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 @table @code | |
| 7677 @item '(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled) | |
| 7678 Skip current entry if it has been scheduled. | |
| 7679 @item '(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notscheduled) | |
| 7680 Skip current entry if it has not been scheduled. | |
| 7681 @item '(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'deadline) | |
| 7682 Skip current entry if it has a deadline. | |
| 7683 @item '(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled 'deadline) | |
| 7684 Skip current entry if it has a deadline, or if it is scheduled. | |
| 7685 @item '(org-agenda-skip-entry 'regexp "regular expression") | |
| 7686 Skip current entry if the regular expression contained in the variable | |
| 7687 @code{org-agenda-skip-regexp} matches in the entry. | |
| 7688 @item '(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if 'regexp "regular expression") | |
| 7689 Same as above, but check and skip the entire subtree. | |
| 7690 @end table | |
| 7691 | |
| 7692 Therefore we could also have written the search for WAITING projects | |
| 7693 like this, even without defining a special function: | |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 @lisp | |
| 7696 (org-add-agenda-custom-command | |
| 7697 '("b" todo "PROJECT" | |
| 7698 ((org-agenda-skip-function '(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if | |
| 7699 'regexp ":WAITING:")) | |
| 7700 (org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: ")))) | |
| 7701 @end lisp | |
| 7702 | |
| 7703 | |
| 7704 @node Using the property API, , Special agenda views, Extensions and Hacking | |
| 7705 @section Using the property API | |
| 7706 @cindex API, for properties | |
| 7707 @cindex properties, API | |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 Here is a description of the functions that can be used to work with | |
| 7710 properties. | |
| 7711 | |
| 7712 @defun org-entry-properties &optional pom which | |
| 7713 Get all properties of the entry at point-or-marker POM. | |
| 7714 This includes the TODO keyword, the tags, time strings for deadline, | |
| 7715 scheduled, and clocking, and any additional properties defined in the | |
| 7716 entry. The return value is an alist, keys may occur multiple times | |
| 7717 if the property key was used several times. | |
| 7718 POM may also be nil, in which case the current entry is used. | |
| 7719 If WHICH is nil or `all', get all properties. If WHICH is | |
| 7720 `special' or `standard', only get that subclass. | |
| 7721 @end defun | |
| 7722 @defun org-entry-get pom property &optional inherit | |
| 7723 Get value of PROPERTY for entry at point-or-marker POM. | |
| 7724 If INHERIT is non-nil and the entry does not have the property, | |
| 7725 then also check higher levels of the hierarchy. | |
| 7726 @end defun | |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 @defun org-entry-delete pom property | |
| 7729 Delete the property PROPERTY from entry at point-or-marker POM. | |
| 7730 @end defun | |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 @defun org-entry-put pom property value | |
| 7733 Set PROPERTY to VALUE for entry at point-or-marker POM. | |
| 7734 @end defun | |
| 7735 | |
| 7736 @defun org-buffer-property-keys &optional include-specials | |
| 7737 Get all property keys in the current buffer. | |
| 7738 @end defun | |
| 7739 | |
| 7740 @defun org-insert-property-drawer | |
| 7741 Insert a property drawer at point. | |
| 7742 @end defun | |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 @node History and Acknowledgments, Index, Extensions and Hacking, Top | |
| 7745 @appendix History and Acknowledgments | |
| 7746 @cindex acknowledgments | |
| 7747 @cindex history | |
| 7748 @cindex thanks | |
| 7749 | |
| 7750 Org-mode was borne in 2003, out of frustration over the user interface | |
| 7751 of the Emacs outline-mode. I was trying to organize my notes and | |
| 7752 projects, and using Emacs seemed to be the natural way to go. However, | |
| 7753 having to remember eleven different commands with two or three keys per | |
| 7754 command, only to hide and unhide parts of the outline tree, that seemed | |
| 7755 entirely unacceptable to me. Also, when using outlines to take notes, I | |
| 7756 constantly want to restructure the tree, organizing it parallel to my | |
| 7757 thoughts and plans. @emph{Visibility cycling} and @emph{structure | |
| 7758 editing} were originally implemented in the package | |
| 7759 @file{outline-magic.el}, but quickly moved to the more general | |
| 7760 @file{org.el}. As this environment became comfortable for project | |
| 7761 planning, the next step was adding @emph{TODO entries}, basic @emph{time | |
| 7762 stamps}, and @emph{table support}. These areas highlight the two main | |
| 7763 goals that Org-mode still has today: To create a new, outline-based, | |
| 7764 plain text mode with innovative and intuitive editing features, and to | |
| 7765 incorporate project planning functionality directly into a notes file. | |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 Since the first release, literally thousands of emails to me or on | |
| 7768 @code{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org} have provided a constant stream of bug | |
| 7769 reports, feedback, new ideas, and sometimes patches and add-on code. | |
| 7770 Many thanks to everyone who has helped to improve this package. I am | |
| 7771 trying to keep here a list of the people who had significant influence | |
| 7772 in shaping one or more aspects of Org-mode. The list may not be | |
| 7773 complete, if I have forgotten someone, please accept my apologies and | |
| 7774 let me know. | |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 @itemize @bullet | |
| 7777 | |
| 7778 @item | |
| 7779 @i{Russel Adams} came up with the idea for drawers. | |
| 7780 @item | |
| 7781 @i{Thomas Baumann} contributed the code for links to the MH-E email | |
| 7782 system. | |
| 7783 @item | |
| 7784 @i{Alex Bochannek} provided a patch for rounding time stamps. | |
| 7785 @item | |
| 7786 @i{Charles Cave}'s suggestion sparked the implementation of templates | |
| 7787 for Remember. | |
| 7788 @item | |
| 7789 @i{Pavel Chalmoviansky} influenced the agenda treatment of items with | |
| 7790 specified time. | |
| 7791 @item | |
| 7792 @i{Gregory Chernov} patched support for lisp forms into table | |
| 7793 calculations and improved XEmacs compatibility, in particular by porting | |
| 7794 @file{nouline.el} to XEmacs. | |
| 7795 @item | |
| 7796 @i{Sacha Chua} suggested to copy some linking code from Planner. | |
| 7797 @item | |
| 7798 @i{Eddward DeVilla} proposed and tested checkbox statistics. He also | |
| 7799 came up with the idea of properties, and that there should be an API for | |
| 7800 them. | |
| 7801 @item | |
| 7802 @i{Kees Dullemond} used to edit projects lists directly in HTML and so | |
| 7803 inspired some of the early development, including HTML export. He also | |
| 7804 asked for a way to narrow wide table columns. | |
| 7805 @item | |
| 7806 @i{Christian Egli} converted the documentation into TeXInfo format, | |
| 7807 patched CSS formatting into the HTML exporter, and inspired the agenda. | |
| 7808 @item | |
| 7809 @i{David Emery} provided a patch for custom CSS support in exported | |
| 7810 HTML agendas. | |
| 7811 @item | |
| 7812 @i{Nic Ferrier} contributed mailcap and XOXO support. | |
| 7813 @item | |
| 7814 @i{John Foerch} figured out how to make incremental search show context | |
| 7815 around a match in a hidden outline tree. | |
| 7816 @item | |
| 7817 @i{Niels Giessen} had the idea to automatically archive DONE trees. | |
| 7818 @item | |
| 7819 @i{Bastien Guerry} wrote the La@TeX{} exporter and has been prolific | |
| 7820 with patches, ideas, and bug reports. | |
| 7821 to Org-mode. | |
| 7822 @item | |
| 7823 @i{Kai Grossjohann} pointed out key-binding conflicts with other packages. | |
| 7824 @item | |
| 7825 @i{Scott Jaderholm} proposed footnotes, control over whitespace between | |
| 7826 folded entries, and column view for properties. | |
| 7827 @item | |
| 7828 @i{Shidai Liu} ("Leo") asked for embedded La@TeX{} and tested it. He also | |
| 7829 provided frequent feedback and some patches. | |
| 7830 @item | |
| 7831 @i{Jason F. McBrayer} suggested agenda export to CSV format. | |
| 7832 @item | |
| 7833 @i{Dmitri Minaev} sent a patch to set priority limits on a per-file | |
| 7834 basis. | |
| 7835 @item | |
| 7836 @i{Stefan Monnier} provided a patch to keep the Emacs-Lisp compiler | |
| 7837 happy. | |
| 7838 @item | |
| 7839 @i{Rick Moynihan} proposed to allow multiple TODO sequences in a file. | |
| 7840 @item | |
| 7841 @i{Todd Neal} provided patches for links to Info files and elisp forms. | |
| 7842 @item | |
| 7843 @i{Tim O'Callaghan} suggested in-file links, search options for general | |
| 7844 file links, and TAGS. | |
| 7845 @item | |
| 7846 @i{Takeshi Okano} translated the manual and David O'Toole's tutorial | |
| 7847 into Japanese. | |
| 7848 @item | |
| 7849 @i{Oliver Oppitz} suggested multi-state TODO items. | |
| 7850 @item | |
| 7851 @i{Scott Otterson} sparked the introduction of descriptive text for | |
| 7852 links, among other things. | |
| 7853 @item | |
| 7854 @i{Pete Phillips} helped during the development of the TAGS feature, and | |
| 7855 provided frequent feedback. | |
| 7856 @item | |
| 7857 @i{T.V. Raman} reported bugs and suggested improvements. | |
| 7858 @item | |
| 7859 @i{Matthias Rempe} (Oelde) provided ideas, Windows support, and quality | |
| 7860 control. | |
| 7861 @item | |
| 7862 @i{Kevin Rogers} contributed code to access VM files on remote hosts. | |
| 7863 @item | |
| 7864 @i{Frank Ruell} solved the mystery of the @code{keymapp nil} bug, a | |
| 7865 conflict with @file{allout.el}. | |
| 7866 @item | |
| 7867 @i{Jason Riedy} sent a patch to fix a bug with export of TODO keywords. | |
| 7868 @item | |
| 7869 @i{Philip Rooke} created the Org-mode reference card and provided lots | |
| 7870 of feedback. | |
| 7871 @item | |
| 7872 @i{Christian Schlauer} proposed angular brackets around links, among | |
| 7873 other things. | |
| 7874 @item | |
| 7875 Linking to VM/BBDB/GNUS was inspired by @i{Tom Shannon}'s | |
| 7876 @file{organizer-mode.el}. | |
| 7877 @item | |
| 7878 @i{Daniel Sinder} came up with the idea of internal archiving by locking | |
| 7879 subtrees. | |
| 7880 @item | |
| 7881 @i{Dale Smith} proposed link abbreviations. | |
| 7882 @item | |
| 7883 @i{Adam Spiers} asked for global linking commands and inspired the link | |
| 7884 extension system. support mairix. | |
| 7885 @item | |
| 7886 @i{David O'Toole} wrote @file{org-publish.el} and drafted the manual | |
| 7887 chapter about publishing. | |
| 7888 @item | |
| 7889 @i{J@"urgen Vollmer} contributed code generating the table of contents | |
| 7890 in HTML output. | |
| 7891 @item | |
| 7892 @i{Chris Wallace} provided a patch implementing the @samp{QUOTE} | |
| 7893 keyword. | |
| 7894 @item | |
| 7895 @i{David Wainberg} suggested archiving, and improvements to the linking | |
| 7896 system. | |
| 7897 @item | |
| 7898 @i{John Wiegley} wrote @file{emacs-wiki.el} and @file{planner.el}. The | |
| 7899 development of Org-mode was fully independent, and both systems are | |
| 7900 really different beasts in their basic ideas and implementation details. | |
| 7901 I later looked at John's code, however, and learned from his | |
| 7902 implementation of (i) links where the link itself is hidden and only a | |
| 7903 description is shown, and (ii) popping up a calendar to select a date. | |
| 7904 John has also contributed a number of great ideas directly to Org-mode. | |
| 7905 @item | |
| 7906 @i{Carsten Wimmer} suggested some changes and helped fix a bug in | |
| 7907 linking to GNUS. | |
| 7908 @item | |
| 7909 @i{Roland Winkler} requested additional keybindings to make Org-mode | |
| 7910 work on a tty. | |
| 7911 @item | |
| 7912 @i{Piotr Zielinski} wrote @file{org-mouse.el}, proposed agenda blocks | |
| 7913 and contributed various ideas and code snippets. | |
| 7914 @end itemize | |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 | |
| 7917 @node Index, Key Index, History and Acknowledgments, Top | |
| 7918 @unnumbered Index | |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 @printindex cp | |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 @node Key Index, , Index, Top | |
| 7923 @unnumbered Key Index | |
| 7924 | |
| 7925 @printindex ky | |
| 7926 | |
| 7927 @bye | |
| 7928 | |
| 7929 @ignore | |
| 7930 arch-tag: 7893d1fe-cc57-4d13-b5e5-f494a1bcc7ac | |
| 7931 @end ignore |
